1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.235 2001/05/27 21:39:16 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 10 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 11 corruption and other potential race conditions. 12 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 13 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 14 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 15 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 16 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 17 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 18 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 19 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 20 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 21 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 22 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 23 from Kenji Miyake. 24 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 25 QueueDirectory wildcards. 26 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 27 the same map again while exiting. 28 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 29 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 30 of Tuebingen. 31 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 32 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 33 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 34 Oklahoma State University. 35 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 36 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 37 InTouch Systems, Inc. 38 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 39 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 40 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 41 Morgan Stanley. 42 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 43 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 44 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 45 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 46 from Werner Wiethege. 47 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 48 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 49 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 50 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 51 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 52 Internet Services. 53 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 54 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 55 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 56 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 57 Portability: 58 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 59 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 60 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 61 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 62 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 63 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 64 Meteorological Institute. 65 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 66 since it generates random process ids. 67 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 68 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 69 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 70 New Files: 71 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 72 738.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 74 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 75 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 76 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 77 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 78 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 79 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 80 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 81 communications consulting gmbh. 82 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 83 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 84 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 85 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 86 connection came in from the command line. 87 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 88 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 89 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 90 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 91 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 92 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 93 when they were committed. 94 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 95 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 96 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 97 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 98 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 99 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 100 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 101 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 102 University. 103 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 104 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 105 accept() completes. 106 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 107 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 108 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 109 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 110 Wellcome. 111 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 112 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 113 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 114 University. 115 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 116 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 117 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 118 University of New Brunswick. 119 Portability: 120 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 121 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 122 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 123 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 124 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 125 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 126 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 127 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 128 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 129 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 130 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 131 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 132 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 133 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 134 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 135 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 136 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 137 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 138 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 139 Institute. 140 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 141 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 142 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 143 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 144 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 145 Renamed Files: 146 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 147 1488.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 149 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 150 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 151 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 152 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 153 Schools" project (IdS). 154 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 155 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 156 be enabled by compiling with: 157 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 158 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 159 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 160 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 161 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 162 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 163 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 164 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 165 Colby College. 166 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 167 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 168 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 169 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 170 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 171 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 172 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 173 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 174 NxNetworks, Inc. 175 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 176 client name. 177 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 178 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 179 the Universitat Regensburg. 180 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 181 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 182 University of Arizona. 183 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 184 of Collective Technologies. 185 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 186 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 187 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 188 Engineering. 189 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 190 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 191 Meteorological Institute. 192 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 193 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 194 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 195 Meteorological Institute. 196 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 197 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 198 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 199 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 200 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 201 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 202 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 203 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 204 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 205 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 206 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 207 overall connections, not the number of connections per 208 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 209 counting. 210 Portability: 211 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 212 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 213 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 214 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 215 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 216 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 217 Rosenman. 218 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 219 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 220 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 221 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 222 of Pacific Access. 223 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 224 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 225 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 226 Microsystems. 227 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 228 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 229 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 230 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 231 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 232 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 233 implicitly assume canonical host names. 234 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 235 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 236 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 237 Virginia Tech. 238 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 239 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 240 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 241 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 242 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 243 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 244 gmbh. 245 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 246 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 247 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 248 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 249 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 250 of Kyoto University. 251 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 252 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 253 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 254 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 255 version. 256 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 257 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 258 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 259 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 260 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 261 or *-owner. 262 New Files: 263 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 264 contrib/buildvirtuser 265 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 266 2678.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 268 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 269 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 270 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 271 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 272 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 273 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 274 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 275 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 276 wildcards. 277 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 278 process may close the connection before the child process 279 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 280 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 281 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 282 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 283 read the LDAP secret from a file. 284 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 285 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 286 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 287 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 288 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 289 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 290 of EarthLink. 291 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 292 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 293 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 294 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 295 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 296 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 297 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 298 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 299 Fournier of Acadia University. 300 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 301 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 302 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 303 one of the others may be able to take over. 304 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 305 previous load average query result. 306 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 307 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 308 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 309 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 310 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 311 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 312 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 313 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 314 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 315 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 316 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 317 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 318 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 319 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 320 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 321 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 322 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 323 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 324 University of British Columbia. 325 Portability: 326 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 327 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 328 override the setting. Suggested by 329 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 330 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 331 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 332 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 333 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 334 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 335 College. 336 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 337 Tom Moore of NCR. 338 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 339 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 340 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 341 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 342 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 343 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 344 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 345 Consulting. 346 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 347 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 348 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 349 errors in the MAIL address. 350 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 351 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 352 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 353 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 354 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 355 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 356 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 357 Ericsson. 358 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 359 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 360 mailer as described in cf/README. 361 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 362 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 363 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 364 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 365 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 366 sendmail. 367 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 368 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 369 Meteorological Institute. 370 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 371 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 372 dot as the only character on the line. 373 New Files: 374 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 375 3768.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 377 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 378 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 379 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 380 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 381 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 382 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 383 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 384 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 385 it populates. It is possible that some broken 386 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 387 Systems in this category should compile with 388 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 389 system and report broken implementations to 390 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 391 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 392 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 393 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 394 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 395 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 396 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 397 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 398 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 399 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 400 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 401 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 402 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 403 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 404 random data. 405 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 406 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 407 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 408 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 409 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 410 Martin of CMU. 411 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 412 strength factor. 413 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 414 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 415 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 416 of CMU. 417 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 418 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 419 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 420 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 421 documented, unless a family is specified in a 422 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 423 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 424 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 425 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 426 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 427 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 428 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 429 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 430 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 431 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 432 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 433 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 434 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 435 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 436 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 437 of Sun Microsystems. 438 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 439 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 440 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 441 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 442 the incoming information in the queue file for later 443 delivery attempts. 444 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 445 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 446 smoe.org. 447 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 448 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 449 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 450 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 451 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 452 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 453 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 454 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 455 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 456 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 457 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 458 Hedeland of Ericsson. 459 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 460 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 461 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 462 of Northern Illinois University. 463 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 464 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 465 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 466 to kilobyte units. 467 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 468 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 469 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 470 Polytechnic. 471 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 472 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 473 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 474 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 475 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 476 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 477 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 478 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 479 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 480 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 481 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 482 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 483 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 484 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 485 G. Thomas Consulting. 486 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 487 port number (113). 488 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 489 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 490 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 491 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 492 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 493 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 494 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 495 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 496 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 497 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 498 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 499 University of Mainz. 500 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 501 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 502 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 503 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 504 Portability: 505 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 506 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 507 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 508 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 509 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 510 work properly causing problems if the accept() 511 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 512 from Tom Moore of NCR. 513 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 514 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 515 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 516 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 517 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 518 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 519 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 520 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 521 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 522 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 523 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 524 confCACERT CACERTFile 525 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 526 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 527 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 528 confRAND_FILE RandFile 529 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 530 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 531 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 532 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 533 cf/README for more information. 534 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 535 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 536 called due to a STARTTLS command. 537 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 538 instead of temporary. 539 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 540 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 541 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 542 Consulting. 543 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 544 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 545 RootsWeb.com. 546 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 547 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 548 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 549 University of Maryland. 550 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 551 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 552 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 553 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 554 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 555 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 556 of the University of Alberta. 557 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 558 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 559 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 560 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 561 of X.509 certificates. 562 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 563 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 564 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 565 Universitat Regensburg. 566 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 567 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 568 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 569 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 570 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 571 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 572 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 573 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 574 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 575 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 576 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 577 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 578 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 579 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 580 University. 581 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 582 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 583 links. 584 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 585 reported. 586 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 587 Denman Tire Corporation. 588 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 589 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 590 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 591 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 592 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 593 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 594 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 595 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 596 have a From line. 597 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 598 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 599 Added Files: 600 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 601 contrib/cidrexpand 602 contrib/link_hash.sh 603 contrib/movemail.conf 604 contrib/movemail.pl 605 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 606 test/t_snprintf.c 607 6088.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 609 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 610 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 611 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 612 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 613 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 614 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 615 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 616 Added Files: 617 test/t_setuid.c 618 6198.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 620 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 621 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 622 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 623 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 624 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 625 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 626 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 627 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 628 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 629 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 630 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 631 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 632 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 633 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 634 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 635 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 636 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 637 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 638 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 639 or higher. 640 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 641 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 642 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 643 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 644 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 645 Polytechnic Institute. 646 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 647 discards the message. 648 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 649 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 650 attempted to the alias. 651 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 652 flag options. 653 Portability: 654 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 655 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 656 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 657 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 658 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 659 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 660 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 661 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 662 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 663 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 664 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 665 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 666 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 667 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 668 Services, LLC. 669 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 670 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 671 Courtesan Consulting. 672 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 673 Siemens Business Services. 674 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 675 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 676 of WSRCC. 677 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 678 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 679 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 680 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 681 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 682 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 683 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 684 of NEC. 685 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 686 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 687 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 688 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 689 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 690 Virginia Tech. 691 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 692 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 693 University. 694 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 695 for other internal projects but included in the open source 696 release. 697 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 698 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 699 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 700 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 701 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 702 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 703 Sendmail. 704 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 705 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 706 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 707 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 708 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 709 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 710 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 711 Northern Illinois University. 712 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 713 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 714 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 715 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 716 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 717 Polytechnique de Montreal. 718 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 719 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 720 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 721 Added Files: 722 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 723 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 724 Deleted Files: 725 contrib/converting.sun.configs 726 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 727 doc/intro 728 doc/usenix 729 doc/changes 730 7318.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 732 ************************************************************* 733 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 734 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 735 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 736 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 737 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 738 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 739 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 740 * coach, and a friend. * 741 * * 742 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 743 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 744 * Julie, we miss you! * 745 ************************************************************* 746 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 747 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 748 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 749 symbolic link target. 750 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 751 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 752 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 753 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 754 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 755 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 756 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 757 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 758 version of sendmail. 759 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 760 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 761 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 762 (IdS). 763 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 764 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 765 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 766 for easier code sharing among the programs. 767 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 768 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 769 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 770 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 771 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 772 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 773 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 774 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 775 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 776 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 777 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 778 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 779 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 780 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 781 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 782 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 783 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 784 now listen on several different ports. Use: 785 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 786 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 787 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 788 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 789 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 790 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 791 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 792 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 793 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 794 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 795 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 796 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 797 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 798 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 799 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 800 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 801 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 802 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 803 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 804 accordingly. 805 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 806 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 807 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 808 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 809 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 810 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 811 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 812 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 813 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 814 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 815 InCert Software. 816 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 817 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 818 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 819 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 820 a control socket request. 821 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 822 settings: 823 Timeout.resolver.retrans 824 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 825 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 826 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 827 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 828 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 829 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 830 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 831 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 832 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 833 delivery attempt. 834 Timeout.resolver.retry 835 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 836 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 837 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 838 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 839 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 840 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 841 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 842 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 843 query for all resolver lookups except the first 844 delivery attempt. 845 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 846 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 847 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 848 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 849 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 850 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 851 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 852 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 853 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 854 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 855 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 856 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 857 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 858 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 859 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 860 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 861 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 862 Telecommunications Ltd. 863 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 864 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 865 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 866 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 867 Inc. 868 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 869 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 870 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 871 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 872 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 873 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 874 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 875 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 876 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 877 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 878 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 879 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 880 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 881 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 882 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 883 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 884 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 885 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 886 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 887 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 888 Ltd. 889 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 890 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 891 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 892 example mailer might be: 893 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 894 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 895 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 896 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 897 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 898 instead. 899 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 900 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 901 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 902 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 903 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 904 flags. 905 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 906 body of the original message on delivery status 907 notifications. 908 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 909 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 910 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 911 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 912 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 913 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 914 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 915 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 916 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 917 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 918 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 919 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 920 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 921 Conwell of Boston University. 922 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 923 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 924 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 925 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 926 @Home Network. 927 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 928 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 929 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 930 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 931 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 932 similar to check_rcpt etc. 933 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 934 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 935 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 936 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 937 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 938 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 939 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 940 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 941 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 942 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 943 Mathias Herberts. 944 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 945 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 946 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 947 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 948 in check_compat). 949 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 950 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 951 option. 952 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 953 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 954 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 955 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 956 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 957 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 958 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 959 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 960 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 961 is set. 962 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 963 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 964 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 965 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 966 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 967 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 968 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 969 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 970 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 971 a denial-of-service attack. 972 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 973 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 974 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 975 overflow attacks. 976 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 977 alias recursion. 978 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 979 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 980 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 981 directly before the newline. 982 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 983 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 984 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 985 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 986 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 987 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 988 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 989 could not be opened. 990 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 991 value of this option is macro expanded. 992 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 993 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 994 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 995 (along with the already existing macros): 996 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 997 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 998 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 999 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 1000 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 1001 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 1002 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 1003 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 1004 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 1005 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 1006 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 1007 loopback net. 1008 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 1009 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 1010 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 1011 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 1012 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 1013 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 1014 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 1015 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 1016 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 1017 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 1018 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 1019 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 1020 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 1021 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 1022 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 1023 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 1024 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 1025 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 1026 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 1027 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 1028 Ericsson. 1029 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 1030 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 1031 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 1032 of Ericsson. 1033 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 1034 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 1035 of Renaissance Internet Services. 1036 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 1037 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 1038 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 1039 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 1040 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 1041 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 1042 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 1043 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 1044 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 1045 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 1046 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 1047 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 1048 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 1049 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1050 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 1051 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 1052 equate name. 1053 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 1054 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 1055 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 1056 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 1057 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 1058 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 1059 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 1060 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 1061 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 1062 David Cooley of Colby College. 1063 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 1064 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 1065 already decided the message will be passed to another host 1066 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 1067 Buckeridge Young Limited. 1068 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 1069 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 1070 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 1071 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 1072 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 1073 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 1074 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 1075 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 1076 of Stanford University. 1077 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 1078 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 1079 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 1080 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 1081 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 1082 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 1083 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 1084 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 1085 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 1086 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 1087 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 1088 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 1089 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 1090 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 1091 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 1092 attributes found in the match will be returned. 1093 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 1094 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 1095 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 1096 comma separated key and value strings. 1097 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 1098 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 1099 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 1100 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 1101 a single connection to that host. 1102 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 1103 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 1104 LDAP lookups. 1105 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 1106 resources. 1107 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 1108 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 1109 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 1110 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 1111 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 1112 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 1113 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 1114 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 1115 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 1116 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 1117 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 1118 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 1119 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 1120 with the name "*". 1121 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 1122 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 1123 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 1124 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 1125 matches to return. 1126 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 1127 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 1128 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 1129 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 1130 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 1131 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 1132 are defined. 1133 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 1134 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 1135 Tech. 1136 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 1137 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 1138 important if you have large classes. 1139 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 1140 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 1141 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1142 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 1143 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 1144 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 1145 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 1146 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 1147 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 1148 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 1149 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 1150 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 1151 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 1152 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 1153 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 1154 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 1155 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 1156 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 1157 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 1158 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 1159 determined). For single processor machines, this change 1160 has no effect. 1161 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 1162 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1163 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 1164 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1165 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 1166 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 1167 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 1168 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 1169 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 1170 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 1171 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 1172 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 1173 connection-based denial of service attacks. 1174 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 1175 10 or higher. 1176 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 1177 information (from= syslog line). 1178 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 1179 equate (dsn=). 1180 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 1181 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 1182 information is available at 1183 http://www-dev.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/. Contributed by Mark 1184 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1185 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 1186 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1187 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1188 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 1189 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1190 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 1191 the program as the default user and the default group, not 1192 the forward file user. This change also assures the 1193 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 1194 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 1195 Popovici of DNT Romania. 1196 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 1197 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 1198 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 1199 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 1200 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 1201 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 1202 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 1203 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 1204 helpful to know the sender of the message. 1205 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 1206 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1207 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 1208 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 1209 multiple files. 1210 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 1211 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 1212 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 1213 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 1214 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 1215 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 1216 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 1217 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 1218 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 1219 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 1220 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 1221 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 1222 length before the attempt. 1223 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 1224 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 1225 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 1226 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 1227 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 1228 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 1229 host status files, not all files. 1230 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 1231 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 1232 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 1233 Wonderworks Inc. 1234 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 1235 macro map class. This can be used to store information 1236 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 1237 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 1238 of Hannover. 1239 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 1240 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 1241 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 1242 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 1243 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 1244 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 1245 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 1246 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 1247 flag: 1248 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 1249 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 1250 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 1251 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 1252 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 1253 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 1254 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 1255 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 1256 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 1257 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 1258 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 1259 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 1260 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 1261 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 1262 version. 1263 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 1264 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 1265 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 1266 if referencing a named ruleset. 1267 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 1268 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 1269 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 1270 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 1271 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 1272 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 1273 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 1274 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 1275 the University of Maryland. 1276 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 1277 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 1278 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 1279 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 1280 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 1281 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 1282 COMMANDS). 1283 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 1284 but for outgoing connections. 1285 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 1286 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 1287 a require authentication 1288 b bind to interface through which mail has 1289 been received 1290 c perform hostname canonification 1291 f require fully qualified hostname 1292 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 1293 command 1294 C don't perform hostname canonification 1295 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 1296 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 1297 h use name of interface for HELO command 1298 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 1299 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 1300 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 1301 Institutes of Health. 1302 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 1303 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1304 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 1305 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 1306 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 1307 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 1308 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 1309 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 1310 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 1311 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 1312 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 1313 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 1314 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 1315 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 1316 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 1317 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 1318 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 1319 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 1320 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 1321 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 1322 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 1323 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 1324 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 1325 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 1326 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1327 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 1328 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 1329 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 1330 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 1331 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 1332 timeout. 1333 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 1334 interface address structure when loading the system network 1335 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 1336 Nanoteq. 1337 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 1338 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 1339 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 1340 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 1341 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 1342 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 1343 on load average. 1344 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1345 Northern Illinois University. 1346 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 1347 envelope splitting has occurred. 1348 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 1349 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 1350 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 1351 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 1352 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 1353 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1354 Institute. 1355 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 1356 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 1357 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 1358 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 1359 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 1360 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 1361 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1362 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 1363 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1364 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 1365 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1366 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 1367 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 1368 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 1369 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1370 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 1371 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 1372 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 1373 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1374 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 1375 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 1376 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 1377 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1378 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 1379 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 1380 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1381 University. 1382 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 1383 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 1384 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 1385 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 1386 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 1387 ruleset lines as well. 1388 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 1389 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 1390 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 1391 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1392 Institute. 1393 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 1394 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 1395 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1396 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 1397 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 1398 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 1399 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 1400 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 1401 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 1402 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 1403 of Ericsson. 1404 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 1405 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 1406 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 1407 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1408 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 1409 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 1410 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 1411 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 1412 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 1413 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 1414 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 1415 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 1416 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 1417 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 1418 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 1419 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1420 University. 1421 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 1422 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 1423 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 1424 'sendmail -bs'. 1425 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 1426 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 1427 them in the .cf file. 1428 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 1429 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 1430 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 1431 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 1432 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 1433 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 1434 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 1435 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 1436 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1437 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 1438 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 1439 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 1440 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 1441 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1442 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 1443 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1444 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 1445 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 1446 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 1447 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 1448 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1449 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 1450 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 1451 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 1452 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 1453 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 1454 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1455 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 1456 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 1457 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 1458 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1459 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 1460 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 1461 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 1462 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 1463 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 1464 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1465 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 1466 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 1467 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 1468 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 1469 don't fail on ANY queries. 1470 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 1471 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 1472 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1473 Northern Illinois University. 1474 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 1475 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 1476 State University. 1477 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 1478 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1479 Northern Illinois University. 1480 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 1481 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 1482 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 1483 Portability: 1484 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 1485 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 1486 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 1487 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 1488 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1489 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 1490 This allows network interface probing to work 1491 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 1492 University of Iowa. 1493 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 1494 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 1495 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 1496 name. 1497 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 1498 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 1499 Virginia Tech. 1500 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 1501 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 1502 Amsterdam. 1503 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 1504 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 1505 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 1506 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 1507 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 1508 in building the operating system. Users can 1509 override the defaults by setting confCC and 1510 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 1511 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 1512 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 1513 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 1514 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 1515 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 1516 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1517 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 1518 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1519 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 1520 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 1521 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 1522 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1523 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 1524 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 1525 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 1526 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 1527 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 1528 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 1529 use that value in conf.h. 1530 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 1531 BITart Consulting. 1532 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 1533 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 1534 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 1535 Computer, Inc. 1536 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 1537 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 1538 of E I A. 1539 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 1540 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 1541 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 1542 fchown(2). 1543 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 1544 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 1545 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 1546 srandomdev(3). 1547 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 1548 setlogin(2). 1549 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 1550 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 1551 Siemens Business Services. 1552 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 1553 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 1554 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 1555 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 1556 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 1557 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 1558 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1559 Aerospace. 1560 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 1561 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 1562 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 1563 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 1564 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 1565 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 1566 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 1567 University. 1568 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 1569 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 1570 Technology Information Network. 1571 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 1572 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 1573 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1574 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 1575 and OpenBSD. 1576 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 1577 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 1578 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 1579 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1580 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 1581 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 1582 details. 1583 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 1584 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 1585 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 1586 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 1587 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 1588 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 1589 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-setuid root. This 1590 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 1591 Courtesan Consulting. 1592 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 1593 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 1594 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 1595 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 1596 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 1597 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 1598 multiple times. 1599 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 1600 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 1601 with From:). 1602 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 1603 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 1604 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 1605 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 1606 new functionality. 1607 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1608 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 1609 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 1610 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 1611 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 1612 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 1613 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 1614 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 1615 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 1616 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 1617 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 1618 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 1619 confPID_FILE PidFile 1620 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 1621 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 1622 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 1623 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 1624 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1625 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 1626 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 1627 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1628 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 1629 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 1630 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 1631 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 1632 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1633 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1634 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 1635 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 1636 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 1637 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 1638 to "IPC $h". 1639 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 1640 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 1641 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 1642 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 1643 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 1644 value should be changed with care. 1645 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 1646 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 1647 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 1648 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 1649 complain. 1650 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 1651 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 1652 of Q7 Enterprises. 1653 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 1654 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 1655 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 1656 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 1657 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 1658 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 1659 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 1660 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 1661 of Northern Illinois University. 1662 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 1663 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 1664 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 1665 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 1666 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 1667 in it. 1668 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 1669 in class 'P' ($=P). 1670 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 1671 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 1672 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 1673 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 1674 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 1675 is added. 1676 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 1677 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 1678 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 1679 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 1680 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 1681 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 1682 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 1683 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 1684 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 1685 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 1686 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 1687 Hubert of University of Washington. 1688 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 1689 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 1690 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 1691 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 1692 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 1693 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 1694 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 1695 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 1696 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 1697 Services. 1698 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 1699 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1700 Aerospace. 1701 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 1702 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 1703 University and Brian Candler. 1704 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 1705 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1706 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 1707 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1708 Institute. 1709 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 1710 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 1711 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 1712 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 1713 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 1714 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 1715 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 1716 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 1717 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 1718 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1719 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 1720 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 1721 Willamette Industries, Inc. 1722 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 1723 converted to <user@d> 1724 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 1725 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 1726 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 1727 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 1728 performed. 1729 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 1730 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 1731 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1732 Institute. 1733 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 1734 be accessed by their numbers). 1735 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 1736 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 1737 of an address. 1738 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 1739 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 1740 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 1741 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 1742 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 1743 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 1744 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 1745 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 1746 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 1747 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1748 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 1749 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1750 Institute. 1751 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 1752 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 1753 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 1754 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 1755 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 1756 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 1757 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 1758 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 1759 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 1760 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 1761 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 1762 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1763 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 1764 University of California at Berkeley. 1765 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 1766 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1767 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 1768 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 1769 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1770 Corporation UK. 1771 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 1772 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 1773 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 1774 Yale University. 1775 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 1776 be used for building. 1777 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 1778 used for a fresh build. 1779 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 1780 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 1781 ranlib. 1782 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 1783 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 1784 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 1785 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 1786 Costales. 1787 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 1788 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 1789 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 1790 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1791 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 1792 of Siemens Business Services. 1793 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 1794 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 1795 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 1796 torek. 1797 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 1798 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 1799 They should contain the C source files for the object files 1800 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 1801 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 1802 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 1803 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 1804 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 1805 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 1806 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 1807 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 1808 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 1809 are in devtools/README. 1810 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 1811 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1812 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 1813 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 1814 new variable which identifies the root of the source 1815 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 1816 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 1817 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 1818 macro. 1819 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 1820 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 1821 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 1822 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 1823 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 1824 Corporation. 1825 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 1826 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 1827 confMANROOTMAN. 1828 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 1829 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 1830 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 1831 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 1832 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 1833 Communications. 1834 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 1835 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 1836 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 1837 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 1838 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 1839 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 1840 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 1841 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 1842 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 1843 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 1844 install-strip target. 1845 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 1846 the others (if it exists). 1847 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 1848 then the default ones. 1849 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed setuid root. To use mail.local 1850 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 1851 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 1852 to set the S flag. 1853 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 1854 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 1855 Northern Illinois University. 1856 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 1857 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 1858 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1859 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 1860 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 1861 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1862 University. 1863 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 1864 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 1865 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1866 University. 1867 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 1868 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 1869 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 1870 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 1871 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 1872 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 1873 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1874 University. 1875 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 1876 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 1877 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1878 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 1879 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 1880 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 1881 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 1882 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 1883 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 1884 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 1885 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 1886 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 1887 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 1888 Alcatel Australia Limited. 1889 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 1890 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 1891 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1892 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 1893 timeout to avoid starvation. 1894 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 1895 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 1896 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1897 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1898 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 1899 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 1900 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 1901 of Maryland. 1902 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 1903 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 1904 sendmail configuration file. 1905 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 1906 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 1907 option. 1908 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 1909 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 1910 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 1911 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 1912 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 1913 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 1914 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 1915 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 1916 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1917 Corporation UK. 1918 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 1919 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 1920 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 1921 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1922 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 1923 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 1924 Institute for Global Communications. 1925 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 1926 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 1927 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1928 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 1929 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 1930 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1931 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 1932 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 1933 of the Institute for Global Communications. 1934 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 1935 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 1936 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 1937 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 1938 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 1939 Changed Files: 1940 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 1941 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 1942 which execute the actual Build script in 1943 devtools/bin. 1944 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 1945 -mandoc as they were previously. 1946 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 1947 of Build will work (unless parameters are 1948 required for Build). 1949 New Directories: 1950 devtools/M4/UNIX 1951 include 1952 libmilter 1953 libsmdb 1954 libsmutil 1955 vacation 1956 Renamed Directories: 1957 BuildTools => devtools 1958 src => sendmail 1959 Deleted Files: 1960 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 1961 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 1962 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 1963 devtools/OS/SINIX 1964 sendmail/ldap_map.h 1965 New Files: 1966 INSTALL 1967 PGPKEYS 1968 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 1969 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 1970 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 1971 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 1972 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 1973 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 1974 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 1975 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 1976 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 1977 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 1978 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 1979 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 1980 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 1981 contrib/domainmap.m4 1982 contrib/qtool.8 1983 contrib/qtool.pl 1984 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 1985 devtools/M4/list.m4 1986 devtools/M4/string.m4 1987 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 1988 devtools/M4/switch.m4 1989 devtools/OS/Darwin 1990 devtools/OS/GNU 1991 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 1992 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 1993 devtools/OS/m88k 1994 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 1995 mail.local/Makefile 1996 mailstats/Makefile 1997 makemap/Makefile 1998 praliases/Makefile 1999 rmail/Makefile 2000 sendmail/Makefile 2001 sendmail/bf.h 2002 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2003 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2004 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2005 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2006 sendmail/shmticklib.c 2007 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 2008 sendmail/timers.c 2009 sendmail/timers.h 2010 smrsh/Makefile 2011 vacation/Makefile 2012 Renamed Files: 2013 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 2014 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2015 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 2016 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 2017 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 2018 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 2019 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 2020 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 2021 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 2022 Copied Files: 2023 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 2024 20258.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 2026 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 2027 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 2028 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 2029 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2030 Schools" project (IdS). 2031 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 2032 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 2033 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 2034 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2035 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 2036 when performing the MIME header length check. This 2037 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 2038 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 2039 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 2040 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 2041 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 2042 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2043 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 2044 ExecPC Internet Systems. 2045 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 2046 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 2047 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 2048 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 2049 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 2050 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 2051 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 2052 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 2053 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 2054 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2055 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 2056 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 2057 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 2058 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 2059 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 2060 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 2061 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 2062 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 2063 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 2064 group of the IETF. 2065 Portability: 2066 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 2067 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 2068 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 2069 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 2070 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 2071 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 2072 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 2073 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 2074 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 2075 Technical University of Denmark. 2076 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 2077 Supercomputer Center. 2078 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 2079 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 2080 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 2081 of Stanford University. 2082 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 2083 between different releases. Back out the 2084 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 2085 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 2086 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 2087 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 2088 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 2089 of Siemens/SNI. 2090 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2091 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 2092 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 2093 University of Brno. 2094 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 2095 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 2096 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2097 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 2098 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 2099 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2100 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 2101 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 2102 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 2103 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 2104 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2105 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 2106 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 2107 MIDS Europe. 2108 New Files: 2109 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 2110 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 2111 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 2112 21138.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 2114 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 2115 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 2116 for a denial of service attack. 2117 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 2118 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2119 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 2120 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 2121 Corporation UK. 2122 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 2123 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 2124 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 2125 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 2126 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 2127 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 2128 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 2129 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 2130 Internet Services. 2131 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 2132 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 2133 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 2134 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 2135 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 2136 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 2137 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 2138 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 2139 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2140 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 2141 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 2142 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 2143 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 2144 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 2145 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2146 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 2147 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 2148 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 2149 Internet Services. 2150 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 2151 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 2152 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 2153 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 2154 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 2155 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 2156 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 2157 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 2158 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 2159 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 2160 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 2161 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 2162 extended testing. 2163 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 2164 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 2165 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 2166 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 2167 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 2168 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2169 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 2170 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 2171 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 2172 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 2173 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 2174 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 2175 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 2176 Network. 2177 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 2178 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 2179 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 2180 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 2181 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 2182 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 2183 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2184 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 2185 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 2186 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 2187 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 2188 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 2189 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 2190 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 2191 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 2192 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 2193 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2194 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 2195 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2196 Meteorological Institute. 2197 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2198 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 2199 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 2200 Portability: 2201 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2202 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 2203 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 2204 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 2205 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 2206 reading network interface addresses into 2207 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 2208 Cal State University, Chico. 2209 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 2210 from changing the semantics of the compiled 2211 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 2212 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 2213 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 2214 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2215 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2216 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 2217 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 2218 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 2219 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 2220 of Sun Microsystems. 2221 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 2222 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2223 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 2224 of Bits Co., Ltd. 2225 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 2226 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2227 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 2228 of E I A. 2229 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 2230 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 2231 Information Center. 2232 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 2233 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2234 Institute. 2235 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 2236 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 2237 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 2238 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 2239 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2240 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 2241 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 2242 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 2243 Manawatu Internet Services. 2244 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 2245 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 2246 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 2247 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 2248 of Northern Illinois University. 2249 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 2250 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2251 Kiel. 2252 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 2253 Dot Com. 2254 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 2255 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 2256 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2257 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 2258 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 2259 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 2260 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2261 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 2262 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2263 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 2264 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 2265 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 2266 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2267 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 2268 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2269 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 2270 the envelope From header. 2271 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 2272 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 2273 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 2274 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 2275 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 2276 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 2277 Portal Services, Inc. 2278 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 2279 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 2280 Sun Microsystems. 2281 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 2282 New Files: 2283 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 2284 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 2285 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 2286 contrib/smcontrol.pl 2287 src/control.c 2288 22898.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 2290 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 2291 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 2292 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 2293 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 2294 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 2295 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 2296 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2297 Meteorological Institute. 2298 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 2299 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 2300 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2301 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 2302 installation commands. The man pages would still be 2303 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 2304 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2305 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 2306 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2307 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 2308 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 2309 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 2310 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 2311 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 2312 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 2313 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 2314 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 2315 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 2316 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 2317 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 2318 Flextech TV. 2319 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 2320 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 2321 DaveLtd Enterprises. 2322 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 2323 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 2324 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 2325 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 2326 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 2327 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 2328 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 2329 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 2330 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 2331 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 2332 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 2333 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 2334 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 2335 University. 2336 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 2337 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 2338 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 2339 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 2340 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 2341 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 2342 Portability: 2343 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 2344 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 2345 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 2346 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 2347 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 2348 of BSDI. 2349 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 2350 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 2351 PICT Inc. 2352 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 2353 J. P. McCann of E I A. 2354 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 2355 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 2356 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 2357 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 2358 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 2359 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2360 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 2361 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 2362 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 2363 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 2364 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 2365 would not accept @@hostname. 2366 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 2367 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 2368 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 2369 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 2370 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2371 New Files: 2372 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 2373 23748.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 2375 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 2376 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 2377 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 2378 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 2379 which need the ability to override security can use the 2380 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 2381 information. 2382 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 2383 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 2384 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 2385 world writable directories. 2386 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 2387 it is in a world writable directory. 2388 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 2389 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 2390 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 2391 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2392 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2393 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 2394 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 2395 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 2396 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 2397 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 2398 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 2399 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 2400 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 2401 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 2402 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 2403 default. 2404 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-setuid binaries 2405 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 2406 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 2407 the University of Maryland. 2408 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 2409 of Cal State University, Chico. 2410 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 2411 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 2412 current version of Berkeley DB. 2413 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 2414 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2415 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 2416 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 2417 of Maryland. 2418 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 2419 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 2420 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 2421 Microsystems. 2422 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 2423 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 2424 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 2425 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 2426 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 2427 mail.local on the F=z flag. 2428 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 2429 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 2430 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 2431 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 2432 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 2433 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 2434 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 2435 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2436 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2437 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 2438 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 2439 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 2440 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2441 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 2442 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 2443 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 2444 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 2445 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 2446 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 2447 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 2448 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 2449 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 2450 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 2451 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 2452 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 2453 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 2454 relaying entirely. 2455 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 2456 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 2457 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 2458 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 2459 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 2460 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 2461 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 2462 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2463 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 2464 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 2465 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 2466 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 2467 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2468 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 2469 sender for those failures. 2470 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 2471 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 2472 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 2473 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 2474 of Ericsson. 2475 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 2476 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 2477 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2478 of Procter & Gamble. 2479 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 2480 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 2481 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2482 of Procter & Gamble. 2483 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 2484 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 2485 of system security. This should only be used if you are 2486 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 2487 DontBlameSendmail options are: 2488 Safe 2489 AssumeSafeChown 2490 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 2491 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 2492 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 2493 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2494 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 2495 GroupWritableAliasFile 2496 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 2497 WorldWritableAliasFile 2498 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2499 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2500 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 2501 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 2502 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2503 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2504 MapInUnsafeDirPath 2505 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 2506 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 2507 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 2508 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 2509 LinkedMapInWritableDir 2510 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 2511 FileDeliveryToHardLink 2512 FileDeliveryToSymLink 2513 WriteMapToHardLink 2514 WriteMapToSymLink 2515 WriteStatsToHardLink 2516 WriteStatsToSymLink 2517 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 2518 RunWritableProgram 2519 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 2520 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 2521 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 2522 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 2523 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 2524 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 2525 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 2526 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 2527 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 2528 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 2529 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 2530 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 2531 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 2532 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 2533 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 2534 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 2535 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 2536 contrast to the success case). 2537 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 2538 of the form: 2539 HHeader: $>Ruleset 2540 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 2541 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 2542 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 2543 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 2544 from hiding their connection information in Received: 2545 headers. 2546 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 2547 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 2548 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 2549 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 2550 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 2551 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 2552 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 2553 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 2554 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 2555 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 2556 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 2557 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 2558 remote identity can be queried. 2559 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 2560 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 2561 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 2562 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2563 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 2564 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 2565 some of the details are determined dynamically via 2566 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 2567 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 2568 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 2569 the new Build method which creates an operating system 2570 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 2571 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 2572 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 2573 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 2574 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 2575 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 2576 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2577 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 2578 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 2579 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 2580 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 2581 This means that even if only one of the recipients 2582 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 2583 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 2584 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 2585 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 2586 of CNET: The Computer Network. 2587 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 2588 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 2589 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2590 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 2591 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 2592 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 2593 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 2594 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 2595 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 2596 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 2597 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 2598 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 2599 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2600 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 2601 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 2602 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2603 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 2604 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 2605 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 2606 Institute. 2607 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 2608 mail.local. 2609 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 2610 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 2611 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 2612 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 2613 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 2614 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2615 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 2616 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 2617 of InfoBeat, Inc. 2618 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 2619 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 2620 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 2621 mailstats command. 2622 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 2623 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 2624 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2625 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 2626 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 2627 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 2628 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2629 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 2630 Ericsson. 2631 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 2632 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 2633 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 2634 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 2635 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 2636 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 2637 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 2638 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 2639 Stratus Computer, Inc. 2640 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 2641 currently supported version. 2642 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 2643 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2644 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 2645 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 2646 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 2647 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2648 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 2649 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 2650 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 2651 message in error bounces. 2652 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 2653 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 2654 Digital Equipment Corporation. 2655 Portability: 2656 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 2657 of Kyoto University. 2658 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 2659 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 2660 Maryland. 2661 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 2662 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 2663 in Finland. 2664 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 2665 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2666 the University of Maryland. 2667 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 2668 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 2669 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2670 Meteorological Institute. 2671 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 2672 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 2673 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 2674 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 2675 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 2676 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 2677 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 2678 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 2679 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 2680 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 2681 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 2682 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2683 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 2684 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 2685 Microsystems. 2686 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 2687 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 2688 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 2689 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2690 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 2691 directory for certain programs. 2692 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 2693 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 2694 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 2695 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 2696 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 2697 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 2698 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 2699 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 2700 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 2701 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 2702 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 2703 the user to setup different .forward files for 2704 user+detail addressing. 2705 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 2706 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 2707 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 2708 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 2709 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 2710 outside your domain). 2711 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 2712 any site to any site. 2713 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 2714 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 2715 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 2716 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 2717 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 2718 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 2719 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 2720 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 2721 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 2722 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 2723 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 2724 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 2725 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 2726 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 2727 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 2728 host names only. 2729 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 2730 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 2731 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 2732 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 2733 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 2734 needed for most installations. 2735 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 2736 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 2737 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 2738 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2739 the University of Maryland. 2740 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 2741 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 2742 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 2743 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 2744 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 2745 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 2746 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 2747 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 2748 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 2749 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 2750 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 2751 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 2752 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 2753 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 2754 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 2755 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 2756 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 2757 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 2758 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 2759 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 2760 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 2761 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 2762 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 2763 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 2764 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 2765 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 2766 above for more information. 2767 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 2768 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2769 Meteorological Institute. 2770 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 2771 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 2772 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 2773 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 2774 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2775 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 2776 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 2777 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 2778 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 2779 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 2780 MustQuoteChars respectively. 2781 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 2782 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 2783 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 2784 CMU (now of Netscape). 2785 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 2786 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 2787 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 2788 read mail.local/README. 2789 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 2790 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 2791 University of Maryland. 2792 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 2793 University, Chico. 2794 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2795 Meteorological Institute. 2796 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 2797 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 2798 University of Maryland. 2799 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 2800 such as linked files in world writable directories. 2801 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 2802 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 2803 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 2804 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 2805 Braunschweig. 2806 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 2807 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 2808 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2809 Changed Files: 2810 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 2811 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 2812 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 2813 New Files: 2814 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 2815 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 2816 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 2817 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 2818 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 2819 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 2820 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 2821 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 2822 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 2823 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 2824 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 2825 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 2826 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 2827 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 2828 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 2829 BuildTools/OS/QNX 2830 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 2831 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 2832 BuildTools/README 2833 BuildTools/Site/README 2834 BuildTools/bin/Build 2835 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 2836 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 2837 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 2838 Makefile 2839 cf/cf/Build 2840 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 2841 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 2842 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 2843 cf/feature/access_db.m4 2844 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 2845 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 2846 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 2847 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 2848 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2849 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 2850 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 2851 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 2852 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 2853 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 2854 contrib/doublebounce.pl 2855 mail.local/Build 2856 mail.local/Makefile.m4 2857 mail.local/README 2858 mailstats/Build 2859 mailstats/Makefile.m4 2860 makemap/Build 2861 makemap/Makefile.m4 2862 praliases/Build 2863 praliases/Makefile.m4 2864 rmail/Build 2865 rmail/Makefile.m4 2866 rmail/rmail.0 2867 smrsh/Build 2868 smrsh/Makefile.m4 2869 src/Build 2870 src/Makefile.m4 2871 src/snprintf.c 2872 Deleted Files: 2873 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 2874 mail.local/Makefile 2875 mail.local/Makefile.dist 2876 mailstats/Makefile 2877 mailstats/Makefile.dist 2878 makemap/Makefile 2879 makemap/Makefile.dist 2880 praliases/Makefile 2881 praliases/Makefile.dist 2882 rmail/Makefile 2883 smrsh/Makefile 2884 smrsh/Makefile.dist 2885 src/Makefile 2886 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 2887 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 2888 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 2889 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 2890 Renamed Files: 2891 READ_ME => README 2892 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 2893 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 2894 src/READ_ME => src/README 2895 28968.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 2897 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 2898 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2899 Meteorological Institute. 2900 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 2901 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 2902 Arseneault of SRI International. 2903 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 2904 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 2905 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2906 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 2907 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 2908 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 2909 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 2910 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 2911 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2912 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 2913 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 2914 River Systems. 2915 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 2916 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 2917 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 2918 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 2919 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2920 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 2921 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 2922 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 2923 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 2924 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 2925 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 2926 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 2927 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 2928 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2929 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2930 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 2931 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2932 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 2933 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 2934 results during a single message processing (but would 2935 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 2936 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 2937 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 2938 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2939 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2940 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 2941 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 2942 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2943 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2944 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 2945 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 2946 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 2947 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 2948 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 2949 and the inability to save a bounce message to 2950 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 2951 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 2952 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 2953 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 2954 Associates. 2955 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 2956 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 2957 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 2958 could cause confusing error messages. 2959 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 2960 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 2961 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 2962 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 2963 SuperNet, Inc. 2964 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 2965 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2966 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 2967 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2968 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2969 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 2970 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 2971 dropped. 2972 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 2973 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 2974 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2975 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 2976 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 2977 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 2978 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 2979 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2980 Institute. 2981 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 2982 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 2983 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 2984 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 2985 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 2986 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 2987 RUS University of Stuttgart. 2988 Minor lint fixes. 2989 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 2990 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 2991 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 2992 of Stanford University. 2993 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 2994 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 2995 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 2996 Portability: 2997 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 2998 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 2999 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 3000 Electronic Data Systems. 3001 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 3002 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 3003 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 3004 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 3005 loader environment variables into the loader memory 3006 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 3007 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 3008 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 3009 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 3010 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 3011 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 3012 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 3013 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 3014 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 3015 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 3016 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 3017 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 3018 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 3019 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 3020 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 3021 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 3022 Services. 3023 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 3024 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 3025 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 3026 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 3027 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 3028 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 3029 Services VAS. 3030 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 3031 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 3032 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 3033 Ericsson. 3034 30358.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 3036 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 3037 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 3038 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 3039 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 3040 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 3041 GmbH. 3042 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 3043 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 3044 of Technology, Stockholm. 3045 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 3046 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 3047 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 3048 that these routines are included as though they were in the 3049 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 3050 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 3051 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 3052 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 3053 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 3054 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 3055 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 3056 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 3057 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 3058 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 3059 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 3060 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 3061 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 3062 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 3063 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 3064 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 3065 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 3066 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 3067 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 3068 have to assume that the information is good. 3069 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 3070 open or locked. 3071 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 3072 Better handling of non-setuid binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 3073 errors during testing. 3074 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 3075 printed in the error message. 3076 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 3077 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 3078 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 3079 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 3080 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3081 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 3082 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 3083 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 3084 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 3085 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 3086 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 3087 runner runs during a critical section in another message 3088 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 3089 Results Computing. 3090 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 3091 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 3092 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 3093 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 3094 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3095 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 3096 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 3097 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 3098 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 3099 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 3100 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 3101 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 3102 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 3103 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 3104 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 3105 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 3106 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 3107 simultaneously. 3108 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 3109 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 3110 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 3111 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 3112 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3113 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 3114 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 3115 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 3116 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3117 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 3118 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 3119 CSU Chico. 3120 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 3121 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 3122 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 3123 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 3124 Portability: 3125 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 3126 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 3127 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 3128 be used instead. 3129 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 3130 of Argonne National Laboratory. 3131 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3132 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 3133 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 3134 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 3135 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 3136 in Makefiles. 3137 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 3138 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 3139 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 3140 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 3141 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 3142 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 3143 NCR Corp. 3144 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 3145 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3146 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 3147 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 3148 Resource Network 3149 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 3150 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 3151 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 3152 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 3153 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 3154 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 3155 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 3156 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 3157 Corp. 3158 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 3159 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 3160 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 3161 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 3162 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 3163 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 3164 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 3165 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 3166 PlainTalk. 3167 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 3168 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 3169 by Harry Styron. 3170 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 3171 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 3172 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 3173 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 3174 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 3175 changed after open". 3176 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 3177 files. 3178 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 3179 NEW FILES: 3180 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 3181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 3182 test/t_exclopen.c 3183 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 3184 DELETED FILES: 3185 Makefile 3186 31878.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 3188 ************************************************************* 3189 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 3190 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 3191 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 3192 * continued sendmail development. * 3193 ************************************************************* 3194 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 3195 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 3196 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 3197 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 3198 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 3199 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 3200 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 3201 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 3202 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 3203 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 3204 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 3205 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 3206 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 3207 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 3208 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 3209 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 3210 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 3211 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 3212 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 3213 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 3214 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 3215 another database; this can be used either to expose 3216 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 3217 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 3218 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 3219 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 3220 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 3221 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 3222 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 3223 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 3224 system directories. 3225 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 3226 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 3227 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 3228 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 3229 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 3230 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 3231 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 3232 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 3233 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 3234 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 3235 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 3236 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 3237 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 3238 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 3239 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 3240 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 3241 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 3242 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 3243 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 3244 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 3245 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 3246 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 3247 NFS-mounted filesystems. 3248 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 3249 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 3250 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 3251 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 3252 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 3253 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 3254 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 3255 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 3256 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 3257 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 3258 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 3259 same host). 3260 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 3261 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 3262 from Theo de Raadt. 3263 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 3264 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 3265 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3266 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 3267 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 3268 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 3269 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 3270 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 3271 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3272 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 3273 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 3274 Microsystems. 3275 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 3276 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 3277 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3278 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 3279 too large) don't send the bogus message. 3280 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 3281 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 3282 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3283 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 3284 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 3285 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 3286 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 3287 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 3288 Shapiro. 3289 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 3290 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 3291 Sun Microsystems. 3292 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 3293 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 3294 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 3295 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 3296 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 3297 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 3298 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 3299 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 3300 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 3301 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 3302 Mercury Mail. 3303 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 3304 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 3305 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 3306 Morgan Stanley. 3307 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 3308 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 3309 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 3310 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 3311 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 3312 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 3313 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 3314 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 3315 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 3316 not be run. 3317 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 3318 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 3319 printing. 3320 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 3321 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 3322 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3323 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 3324 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 3325 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 3326 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 3327 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 3328 erroneous results during a single message processing 3329 (but would recover when the next message was received). 3330 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 3331 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 3332 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 3333 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 3334 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 3335 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 3336 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 3337 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 3338 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 3339 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 3340 address as "may be forged". 3341 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 3342 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 3343 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 3344 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 3345 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 3346 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 3347 of TwinCom. 3348 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 3349 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 3350 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 3351 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 3352 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 3353 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 3354 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 3355 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 3356 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3357 Institute. 3358 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 3359 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 3360 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 3361 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 3362 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 3363 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 3364 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 3365 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 3366 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 3367 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 3368 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 3369 book (2nd edition). 3370 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 3371 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 3372 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 3373 John Beck of SunSoft. 3374 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 3375 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 3376 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 3377 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 3378 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 3379 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 3380 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 3381 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 3382 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 3383 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 3384 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 3385 returns. 3386 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 3387 on some architectures. 3388 Portability: 3389 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 3390 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 3391 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 3392 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 3393 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 3394 of Washington. 3395 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 3396 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 3397 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3398 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 3399 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 3400 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 3401 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 3402 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 3403 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 3404 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3405 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 3406 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 3407 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 3408 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 3409 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 3410 Cambridge. 3411 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 3412 Kari Hurtta. 3413 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 3414 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 3415 IRIX Makefile). 3416 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 3417 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3418 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 3419 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 3420 Brian Candler. 3421 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 3422 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 3423 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3424 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 3425 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 3426 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3427 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 3428 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 3429 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3430 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 3431 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 3432 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3433 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 3434 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 3435 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 3436 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 3437 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 3438 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 3439 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 3440 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3441 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 3442 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 3443 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 3444 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 3445 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 3446 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 3447 was specified, even when it wasn't. 3448 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 3449 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 3450 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 3451 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 3452 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 3453 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 3454 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 3455 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 3456 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 3457 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 3458 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 3459 developers). 3460 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 3461 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 3462 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3463 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 3464 symbolic links; although makemap is not setuid root, it is 3465 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 3466 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 3467 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 3468 NEXTSTEP. 3469 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 3470 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 3471 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 3472 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 3473 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3474 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 3475 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 3476 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 3477 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 3478 for system accounts. 3479 NEW FILES: 3480 src/safefile.c 3481 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 3482 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 3483 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 3484 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 3485 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 3486 RENAMED FILES: 3487 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 3488 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 3489 34908.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 3491 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 3492 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 3493 even if RunAsUser is specified. 3494 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 3495 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 3496 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3497 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 3498 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 3499 University of Pennsylvania. 3500 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 3501 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 3502 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 3503 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 3504 was unnecessarily awful. 3505 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 3506 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 3507 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 3508 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 3509 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 3510 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 3511 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 3512 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 3513 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3514 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 3515 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3516 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 3517 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 3518 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3519 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 3520 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 3521 Semiconductor Corp. 3522 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 3523 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 3524 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 3525 at Austin. 3526 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 3527 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 3528 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 3529 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 3530 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 3531 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 3532 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 3533 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 3534 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 3535 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 3536 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 3537 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 3538 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 3539 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 3540 Costales. 3541 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 3542 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 3543 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 3544 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 3545 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 3546 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 3547 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 3548 The current values and defaults are: 3549 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 3550 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 3551 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 3552 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 3553 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 3554 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 3555 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 3556 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 3557 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 3558 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3559 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 3560 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 3561 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 3562 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 3563 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 3564 Eric Hagberg. 3565 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 3566 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 3567 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 3568 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 3569 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 3570 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 3571 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 3572 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3573 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 3574 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 3575 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 3576 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 3577 Communications. 3578 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 3579 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 3580 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 3581 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3582 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 3583 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 3584 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 3585 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 3586 PORTABILITY: 3587 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 3588 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 3589 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 3590 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 3591 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3592 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 3593 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 3594 (Moscow). 3595 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 3596 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 3597 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 3598 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 3599 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 3600 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 3601 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 3602 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 3603 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 3604 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 3605 Received: line. 3606 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 3607 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 3608 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 3609 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 3610 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 3611 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 3612 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 3613 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 3614 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 3615 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 3616 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 3617 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 3618 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 3619 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 3620 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 3621 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 3622 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 3623 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 3624 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 3625 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 3626 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3627 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 3628 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 3629 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 3630 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 3631 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 3632 Long Beach. 3633 36348.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 3635 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 3636 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 3637 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 3638 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 3639 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 3640 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 3641 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 3642 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 3643 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 3644 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 3645 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 3646 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 3647 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 3648 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 3649 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 3650 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 3651 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 3652 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 3653 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3654 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 3655 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 3656 Problem noted by several people. 3657 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 3658 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 3659 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 3660 by several people. 3661 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 3662 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 3663 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 3664 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 3665 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 3666 of Best Internet Communications. 3667 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 3668 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 3669 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 3670 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 3671 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 3672 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 3673 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 3674 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 3675 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 3676 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 3677 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 3678 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 3679 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3680 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 3681 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 3682 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 3683 by Roy Mongiovi. 3684 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 3685 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3686 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 3687 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 3688 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 3689 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 3690 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 3691 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 3692 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 3693 of Kyoto University. 3694 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 3695 conditions from Don Lewis. 3696 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 3697 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 3698 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 3699 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 3700 patch from Bryan Costales. 3701 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3702 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 3703 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 3704 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 3705 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 3706 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 3707 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 3708 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 3709 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 3710 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 3711 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 3712 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 3713 of Tokyo. 3714 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 3715 Services, Inc. 3716 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 3717 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 3718 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 3719 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 3720 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 3721 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 3722 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 3723 than one long one. By popular demand. 3724 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 3725 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 3726 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 3727 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 3728 of NTT Software Corporation. 3729 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 3730 NEW FILES: 3731 contrib/etrn.pl 3732 37338.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 3734 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 3735 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 3736 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 3737 best-of-security list. 3738 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 3739 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 3740 should make it clearer to people that they are running 3741 the wrong binary. 3742 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 3743 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 3744 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 3745 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 3746 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 3747 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 3748 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 3749 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 3750 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3751 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 3752 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3753 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 3754 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 3755 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 3756 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 3757 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 3758 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 3759 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 3760 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 3761 Eric Wassenaar. 3762 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 3763 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 3764 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 3765 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 3766 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 3767 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 3768 UUNET. 3769 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 3770 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 3771 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 3772 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 3773 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 3774 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 3775 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 3776 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 3777 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 3778 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 3779 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3780 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 3781 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 3782 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 3783 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 3784 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 3785 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 3786 University of Linkoping. 3787 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 3788 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 3789 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 3790 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 3791 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 3792 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 3793 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 3794 other end. 3795 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 3796 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 3797 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 3798 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 3799 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 3800 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 3801 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3802 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3803 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 3804 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 3805 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 3806 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 3807 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 3808 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 3809 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 3810 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 3811 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 3812 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 3813 The outline of the implementation was contributed 3814 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 3815 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 3816 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 3817 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 3818 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 3819 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 3820 Earickson of Colby College. 3821 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 3822 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 3823 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 3824 Kari Hurtta. 3825 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 3826 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 3827 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 3828 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 3829 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 3830 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 3831 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3832 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 3833 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 3834 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 3835 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 3836 University of Washington, Seattle. 3837 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 3838 Polytechnic Institute. 3839 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 3840 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 3841 NEW FILES: 3842 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 3843 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 3844 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 3845 38468.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 3847 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 3848 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 3849 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3850 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 3851 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 3852 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 3853 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 3854 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 3855 CONFIG: no changes. 3856 38578.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 3858 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 3859 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 3860 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 3861 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 3862 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 3863 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 3864 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 3865 of WPI. 3866 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 3867 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 3868 Kyoto University. 3869 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 3870 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 3871 on illegal host names. 3872 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 3873 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 3874 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 3875 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 3876 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 3877 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 3878 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 3879 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 3880 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3881 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 3882 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 3883 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 3884 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 3885 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 3886 University of Leicester. 3887 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 3888 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 3889 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 3890 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 3891 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 3892 University of Washington. 3893 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3894 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 3895 people pointed this out. 3896 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 3897 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 3898 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 3899 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 3900 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 3901 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 3902 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 3903 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 3904 Softec. 3905 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 3906 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3907 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 3908 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 3909 39108.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 3911 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 3912 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 3913 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 3914 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 3915 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 3916 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 3917 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 3918 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 3919 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 3920 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 3921 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 3922 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 3923 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 3924 NSC (Japan). 3925 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 3926 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 3927 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3928 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 3929 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 3930 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 3931 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 3932 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 3933 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 3934 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 3935 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 3936 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 3937 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 3938 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 3939 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 3940 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 3941 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 3942 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 3943 printout. 3944 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 3945 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 3946 square braces. 3947 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 3948 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 3949 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 3950 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 3951 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 3952 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 3953 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3954 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 3955 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 3956 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 3957 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 3958 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 3959 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 3960 Dandelion Digital. 3961 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 3962 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 3963 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 3964 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 3965 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 3966 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 3967 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 3968 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 3969 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 3970 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 3971 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 3972 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 3973 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 3974 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 3975 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 3976 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 3977 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 3978 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 3979 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 3980 mailers. 3981 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 3982 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 3983 Myers of CMU. 3984 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 3985 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 3986 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 3987 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 3988 there should be no security implications. Implementation 3989 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 3990 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 3991 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 3992 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 3993 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 3994 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 3995 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 3996 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 3997 parameter. 3998 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 3999 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 4000 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 4001 University of Maryland. 4002 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 4003 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 4004 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 4005 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 4006 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 4007 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 4008 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 4009 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 4010 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 4011 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 4012 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 4013 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 4014 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 4015 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 4016 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 4017 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 4018 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 4019 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 4020 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 4021 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 4022 section 5.2.5. 4023 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 4024 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 4025 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 4026 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 4027 is for incoming connections only. 4028 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 4029 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 4030 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 4031 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 4032 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 4033 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 4034 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 4035 (e.g., due to connection caching). 4036 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 4037 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 4038 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 4039 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 4040 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 4041 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 4042 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 4043 that take a very long time to run. 4044 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 4045 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 4046 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 4047 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 4048 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 4049 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4050 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 4051 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 4052 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4053 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 4054 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 4055 Costales. 4056 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 4057 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 4058 Technologies, Inc. 4059 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 4060 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 4061 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 4062 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 4063 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 4064 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 4065 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 4066 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 4067 different for this case. 4068 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 4069 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 4070 of Stanford University. 4071 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 4072 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 4073 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 4074 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4075 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 4076 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 4077 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 4078 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 4079 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 4080 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4081 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 4082 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 4083 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 4084 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 4085 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 4086 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 4087 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 4088 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 4089 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 4090 Pasteur Institute. 4091 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 4092 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 4093 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 4094 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 4095 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 4096 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 4097 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 4098 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 4099 canonification. 4100 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 4101 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 4102 mailers. 4103 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 4104 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 4105 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 4106 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 4107 either of these in their configuration file. 4108 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 4109 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 4110 St. Peter's College. 4111 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 4112 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 4113 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 4114 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4115 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 4116 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4117 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 4118 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 4119 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 4120 Costales. 4121 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 4122 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 4123 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 4124 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 4125 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 4126 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 4127 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 4128 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 4129 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 4130 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 4131 in rulesets. 4132 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 4133 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 4134 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 4135 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 4136 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 4137 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 4138 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 4139 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 4140 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 4141 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 4142 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 4143 on that basis. 4144 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 4145 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 4146 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 4147 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 4148 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 4149 Vixie. 4150 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 4151 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 4152 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 4153 See also the src/READ_ME file. 4154 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 4155 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 4156 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 4157 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 4158 two characters $, +. 4159 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 4160 debug_dumpstate. 4161 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 4162 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 4163 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 4164 valid recipients. 4165 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 4166 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 4167 noted by Tom May. 4168 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 4169 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 4170 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 4171 Beck of InReference, Inc. 4172 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 4173 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 4174 Computing Corporation. 4175 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 4176 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 4177 Internet Communications. 4178 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 4179 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 4180 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 4181 of Lysator. 4182 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 4183 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 4184 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 4185 of the University of Iceland. 4186 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 4187 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 4188 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 4189 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 4190 this change is a no-op. 4191 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 4192 Costales. 4193 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 4194 Bryan Costales. 4195 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 4196 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 4197 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 4198 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4199 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 4200 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4201 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 4202 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 4203 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 4204 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4205 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 4206 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 4207 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 4208 Jones of UUNET. 4209 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 4210 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 4211 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4212 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 4213 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 4214 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 4215 easily determine what messages are to their role as 4216 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 4217 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 4218 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 4219 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 4220 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 4221 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 4222 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 4223 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 4224 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 4225 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 4226 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 4227 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 4228 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 4229 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 4230 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 4231 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 4232 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 4233 of Stanford University. 4234 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 4235 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 4236 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 4237 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 4238 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 4239 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 4240 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 4241 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 4242 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 4243 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 4244 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 4245 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 4246 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4247 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 4248 Motonori Nakamura. 4249 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 4250 you are not running setuid; this makes management of certain 4251 kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch suggested by 4252 Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 4253 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 4254 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 4255 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 4256 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 4257 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 4258 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 4259 value is ".hoststat". 4260 There are also two new operation modes: 4261 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 4262 connections. 4263 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 4264 recent status information. 4265 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 4266 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 4267 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 4268 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 4269 framework is gratefully appreciated. 4270 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 4271 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 4272 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 4273 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 4274 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 4275 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 4276 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 4277 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 4278 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 4279 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 4280 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 4281 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 4282 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 4283 Costales. 4284 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 4285 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4286 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 4287 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 4288 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 4289 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 4290 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 4291 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 4292 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 4293 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 4294 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 4295 Webmasters. 4296 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 4297 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 4298 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 4299 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 4300 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 4301 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 4302 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 4303 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 4304 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 4305 of Washington, Seattle. 4306 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 4307 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 4308 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 4309 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 4310 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 4311 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 4312 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 4313 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 4314 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 4315 Nakamura. 4316 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 4317 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 4318 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 4319 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 4320 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 4321 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 4322 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 4323 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 4324 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 4325 well constrained. 4326 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 4327 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 4328 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 4329 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 4330 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 4331 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 4332 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 4333 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 4334 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 4335 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 4336 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 4337 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 4338 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 4339 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 4340 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 4341 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 4342 Wolfhugel. 4343 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 4344 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 4345 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 4346 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 4347 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4348 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 4349 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4350 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 4351 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 4352 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 4353 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 4354 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 4355 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 4356 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 4357 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 4358 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 4359 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 4360 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 4361 National University of Singapore. 4362 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 4363 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 4364 system can't cope with. 4365 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4366 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 4367 Atlas International. 4368 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 4369 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 4370 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 4371 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 4372 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 4373 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 4374 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 4375 Bernstein and Associates. 4376 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 4377 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 4378 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 4379 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 4380 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4381 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 4382 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 4383 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 4384 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 4385 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4386 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 4387 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 4388 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 4389 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4390 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 4391 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4392 Institute. 4393 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 4394 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 4395 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 4396 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 4397 Employment Standards Administration. 4398 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 4399 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 4400 Jr. 4401 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 4402 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 4403 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 4404 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 4405 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 4406 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 4407 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 4408 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 4409 of the University of Arizona. 4410 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 4411 Vanderbilt University. 4412 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 4413 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 4414 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 4415 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4416 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 4417 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 4418 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 4419 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 4420 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 4421 Foundation. 4422 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 4423 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 4424 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 4425 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 4426 Myers of CMU. 4427 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 4428 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 4429 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 4430 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 4431 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 4432 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 4433 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 4434 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 4435 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 4436 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 4437 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 4438 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 4439 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 4440 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 4441 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 4442 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 4443 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 4444 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4445 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 4446 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 4447 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 4448 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 4449 info@foo.com foo-info 4450 info@bar.com bar-info 4451 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 4452 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 4453 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 4454 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 4455 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 4456 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 4457 a great many people. 4458 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 4459 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 4460 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 4461 "fax" mailer. 4462 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 4463 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 4464 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 4465 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 4466 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 4467 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 4468 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 4469 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 4470 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 4471 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 4472 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 4473 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 4474 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 4475 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 4476 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 4477 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 4478 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 4479 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 4480 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 4481 of WPI. 4482 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 4483 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 4484 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4485 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 4486 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 4487 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 4488 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 4489 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 4490 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 4491 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4492 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 4493 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 4494 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 4495 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 4496 by Andreas Luik. 4497 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 4498 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 4499 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4500 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 4501 Wolfhugel. 4502 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 4503 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 4504 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 4505 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 4506 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 4507 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 4508 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 4509 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 4510 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 4511 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 4512 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 4513 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 4514 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 4515 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 4516 Costales. 4517 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4518 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 4519 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 4520 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4521 NEW FILES: 4522 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 4523 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 4524 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 4525 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 4526 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 4527 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 4528 mailstats/mailstats.8 4529 praliases/praliases.8 4530 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 4531 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 4532 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 4533 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 4534 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 4535 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 4536 cf/ostype/altos.m4 4537 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 4538 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 4539 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 4540 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 4541 DELETED FILES: 4542 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 4543 contrib/xla/README 4544 contrib/xla/xla.c 4545 RENAMED FILES: 4546 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 4547 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 4548 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 4549 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 4550 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 4551 45528.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 4553 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 4554 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 4555 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 4556 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 4557 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 4558 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 4559 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 4560 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 4561 45628.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 4563 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 4564 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 4565 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 4566 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 4567 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 4568 and others. 4569 45708.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 4571 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 4572 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 4573 any user (except root). 4574 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 4575 version number is unchanged. 4576 45778.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 4578 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 4579 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 4580 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4581 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 4582 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 4583 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 4584 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 4585 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 4586 Costales. 4587 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4588 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 4589 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 4590 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 4591 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 4592 Stanford University. 4593 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 4594 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 4595 45968.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 4597 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 4598 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 4599 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 4600 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 4601 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 4602 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 4603 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 4604 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 4605 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 4606 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 4607 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 4608 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 4609 by Kari Hurtta. 4610 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 4611 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 4612 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 4613 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 4614 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 4615 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 4616 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 4617 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 4618 bounces when it should have requeued. 4619 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 4620 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being setuid bar stopped 4621 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 4622 John Hawkinson of Panix. 4623 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 4624 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 4625 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 4626 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 4627 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 4628 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 4629 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 4630 Infobiogen. 4631 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 4632 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 4633 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 4634 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 4635 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 4636 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 4637 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 4638 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 4639 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 4640 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 4641 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 4642 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 4643 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4644 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 4645 underscores. 4646 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 4647 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 4648 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4649 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 4650 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 4651 included even if the user did not request success notification, 4652 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 4653 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 4654 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 4655 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 4656 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 4657 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 4658 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 4659 Costales of ICSI. 4660 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 4661 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 4662 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 4663 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 4664 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 4665 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 4666 Technological University. 4667 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 4668 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 4669 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 4670 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4671 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 4672 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 4673 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 4674 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 4675 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 4676 to have the database format of the alias files without the 4677 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 4678 Inc. 4679 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 4680 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 4681 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 4682 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 4683 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 4684 University. 4685 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 4686 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 4687 Association for Progressive Communications. 4688 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 4689 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 4690 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 4691 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 4692 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 4693 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 4694 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 4695 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 4696 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 4697 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 4698 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 4699 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 4700 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 4701 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 4702 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 4703 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 4704 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 4705 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 4706 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4707 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 4708 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 4709 James B. Davis of TCI. 4710 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 4711 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4712 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 4713 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 4714 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 4715 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 4716 isn't supported on all compilers. 4717 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 4718 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 4719 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 4720 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 4721 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 4722 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 4723 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 4724 (France). 4725 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 4726 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 4727 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 4728 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 4729 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 4730 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 4731 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 4732 for different files. 4733 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 4734 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 4735 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4736 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 4737 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 4738 changes). 4739 47408.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 4741 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 4742 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 4743 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 4744 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4745 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 4746 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 4747 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 4748 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 4749 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 4750 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 4751 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 4752 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 4753 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 4754 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 4755 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 4756 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 4757 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 4758 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 4759 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 4760 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 4761 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 4762 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 4763 results. This could have security implications. 4764 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 4765 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 4766 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 4767 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 4768 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 4769 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 4770 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 4771 Elz. 4772 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 4773 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 4774 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 4775 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 4776 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 4777 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 4778 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 4779 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 4780 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 4781 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 4782 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 4783 domain names are your friends. 4784 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 4785 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 4786 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 4787 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 4788 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 4789 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 4790 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 4791 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 4792 of TerraNet. 4793 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 4794 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 4795 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 4796 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 4797 of WPI. 4798 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4799 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 4800 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 4801 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 4802 file and SGI standards. From Andre 4803 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 4804 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 4805 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 4806 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 4807 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 4808 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 4809 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 4810 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 4811 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 4812 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4813 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 4814 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 4815 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4816 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 4817 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 4818 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 4819 Infobiogen (France). 4820 NEW FILES: 4821 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4822 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4823 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 4824 48258.7/8.7 1995/09/16 4826 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 4827 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 4828 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 4829 Global Communications. 4830 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 4831 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 4832 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 4833 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 4834 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 4835 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 4836 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4837 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 4838 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 4839 can be confusing. 4840 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 4841 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 4842 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 4843 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 4844 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 4845 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 4846 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 4847 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 4848 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 4849 Maryland. 4850 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 4851 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 4852 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 4853 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 4854 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4855 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 4856 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 4857 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 4858 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 4859 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 4860 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 4861 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4862 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 4863 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 4864 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 4865 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4866 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 4867 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 4868 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 4869 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 4870 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 4871 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 4872 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 4873 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 4874 Swarthmore University. 4875 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 4876 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 4877 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 4878 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 4879 ruleset. 4880 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 4881 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 4882 -d debug flag. 4883 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 4884 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 4885 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 4886 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 4887 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 4888 and the parsed address. 4889 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 4890 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 4891 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 4892 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 4893 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 4894 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 4895 recipients. 4896 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 4897 return the result. 4898 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 4899 `mapname' and return the result. 4900 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 4901 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 4902 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 4903 the header for envelope sender information and uses 4904 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 4905 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 4906 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 4907 that functionality. 4908 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 4909 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 4910 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 4911 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 4912 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 4913 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 4914 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 4915 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 4916 of Michigan Technological University. 4917 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 4918 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 4919 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 4920 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 4921 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 4922 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 4923 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 4924 or not. 4925 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 4926 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 4927 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 4928 the error message. It was especially weird because it 4929 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 4930 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 4931 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 4932 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 4933 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 4934 should have minimal impact on external function. 4935 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 4936 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 4937 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 4938 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 4939 7 SevenBitInput 4940 8 EightBitMode 4941 A AliasFile 4942 a AliasWait 4943 B BlankSub 4944 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 4945 C CheckpointInterval 4946 c HoldExpensive 4947 D AutoRebuildAliases 4948 d DeliveryMode 4949 E ErrorHeader 4950 e ErrorMode 4951 f SaveFromLine 4952 F TempFileMode 4953 G MatchGECOS 4954 H HelpFile 4955 h MaxHopCount 4956 i IgnoreDots 4957 I ResolverOptions 4958 J ForwardPath 4959 j SendMimeErrors 4960 k ConnectionCacheSize 4961 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 4962 L LogLevel 4963 l UseErrorsTo 4964 m MeToo 4965 n CheckAliases 4966 O DaemonPortOptions 4967 o OldStyleHeaders 4968 P PostmasterCopy 4969 p PrivacyOptions 4970 Q QueueDirectory 4971 q QueueFactor 4972 R DontPruneRoutes 4973 r, T Timeout 4974 S StatusFile 4975 s SuperSafe 4976 t TimeZoneSpec 4977 u DefaultUser 4978 U UserDatabaseSpec 4979 V FallbackMXHost 4980 v Verbose 4981 w TryNullMXList 4982 x QueueLA 4983 X RefuseLA 4984 Y ForkEachJob 4985 y RecipientFactor 4986 z ClassFactor 4987 Z RetryFactor 4988 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 4989 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 4990 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 4991 $l UnixFromLine 4992 $o OperatorChars 4993 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 4994 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 4995 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 4996 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 4997 specify "V6" in the configuration. 4998 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 4999 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 5000 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 5001 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 5002 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 5003 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 5004 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 5005 This requires config file support to get right. It does 5006 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 5007 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 5008 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 5009 A Addresses are aliasable. 5010 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 5011 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 5012 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 5013 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 5014 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 5015 recipient mailer flags. 5016 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 5017 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 5018 delivery. 5019 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 5020 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 5021 : Check for :include: on this address. 5022 | Check for |program on this address. 5023 / Check for /file on this address. 5024 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 5025 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 5026 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 5027 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 5028 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 5029 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 5030 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 5031 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 5032 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 5033 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 5034 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 5035 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 5036 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 5037 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 5038 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 5039 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 5040 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 5041 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 5042 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 5043 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 5044 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 5045 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 5046 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 5047 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 5048 (essentially, the full MIME option). 5049 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 5050 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 5051 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 5052 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 5053 flag is ignored. 5054 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 5055 the setting of F=8. 5056 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 5057 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 5058 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 5059 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 5060 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 5061 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 5062 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 5063 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 5064 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 5065 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 5066 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 5067 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 5068 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 5069 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 5070 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 5071 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 5072 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 5073 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 5074 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 5075 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 5076 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 5077 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 5078 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 5079 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 5080 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 5081 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 5082 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 5083 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 5084 Unicom. 5085 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 5086 fashion as the U= mailer option. 5087 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 5088 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 5089 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 5090 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 5091 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 5092 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 5093 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 5094 from Chip Rosenthal. 5095 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 5096 For example, 5097 O Timeout.helo = 2m 5098 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 5099 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 5100 set them both the preferred new syntax is 5101 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 5102 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 5103 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 5104 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 5105 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 5106 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 5107 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 5108 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 5109 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 5110 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 5111 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 5112 contribution was to make it configurable). 5113 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 5114 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 5115 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 5116 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 5117 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 5118 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 5119 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 5120 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 5121 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 5122 I/O redirection. 5123 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 5124 can be confusing. 5125 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 5126 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 5127 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 5128 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 5129 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 5130 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 5131 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 5132 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 5133 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 5134 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 5135 queue-only. 5136 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 5137 :include: and .forward files. 5138 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 5139 key field name, the value field name, and the field 5140 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 5141 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 5142 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 5143 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 5144 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5145 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 5146 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 5147 Sun Microsystems. 5148 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 5149 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 5150 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 5151 Hutton of Indiana University. 5152 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 5153 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 5154 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 5155 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 5156 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 5157 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 5158 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 5159 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 5160 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 5161 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 5162 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 5163 as comments. 5164 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 5165 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 5166 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 5167 are from sysexits.h. 5168 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 5169 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 5170 Kmap1 ... 5171 Kmap2 ... 5172 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 5173 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 5174 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 5175 map2 is searched and the value returned. 5176 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 5177 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 5178 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 5179 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 5180 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 5181 For example, if the declaration of the map is 5182 Ksample switch hosts 5183 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 5184 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 5185 equivalent to 5186 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 5187 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 5188 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 5189 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 5190 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 5191 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 5192 the -m (matchonly) flag. 5193 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 5194 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 5195 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 5196 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 5197 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 5198 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 5199 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 5200 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 5201 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 5202 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 5203 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 5204 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 5205 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 5206 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 5207 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 5208 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 5209 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 5210 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 5211 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 5212 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 5213 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 5214 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 5215 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 5216 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 5217 an /etc/hosts entry reads 5218 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 5219 this change will use the second name as the canonical 5220 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 5221 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 5222 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 5223 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 5224 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 5225 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 5226 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 5227 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 5228 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 5229 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 5230 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 5231 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 5232 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 5233 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 5234 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 5235 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 5236 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 5237 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 5238 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 5239 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 5240 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 5241 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 5242 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 5243 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 5244 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 5245 much longer than the specified timeout. 5246 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 5247 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 5248 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 5249 denial-of-service attack. 5250 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 5251 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 5252 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5253 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 5254 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 5255 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 5256 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 5257 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 5258 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 5259 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 5260 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 5261 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 5262 actually file lookups. 5263 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 5264 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 5265 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 5266 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 5267 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 5268 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 5269 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 5270 support for them has been removed. 5271 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 5272 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 5273 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 5274 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 5275 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 5276 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 5277 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 5278 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 5279 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 5280 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5281 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 5282 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 5283 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 5284 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 5285 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 5286 also improves the connection cache utilization. 5287 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 5288 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 5289 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 5290 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 5291 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 5292 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 5293 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 5294 all the time (without having the setuid bit set). Change 5295 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 5296 Microsystems. 5297 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 5298 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 5299 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 5300 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 5301 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 5302 option can give the network software time to establish 5303 the link. The default units are seconds. 5304 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 5305 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 5306 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 5307 Defense Information Systems Agency. 5308 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 5309 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 5310 the National Computer Security Center. 5311 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 5312 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 5313 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 5314 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 5315 the mailprio scripts (see below). 5316 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 5317 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 5318 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 5319 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 5320 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 5321 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 5322 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 5323 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 5324 University Computing Service. 5325 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 5326 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 5327 the University of Kentucky. 5328 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 5329 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 5330 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 5331 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 5332 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 5333 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 5334 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 5335 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 5336 Corporation. 5337 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 5338 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 5339 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 5340 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 5341 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 5342 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 5343 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 5344 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 5345 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 5346 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 5347 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 5348 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 5349 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 5350 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 5351 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 5352 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 5353 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 5354 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 5355 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 5356 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 5357 Communications. 5358 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 5359 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 5360 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 5361 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 5362 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 5363 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 5364 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 5365 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 5366 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 5367 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 5368 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 5369 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5370 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 5371 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 5372 on values: 5373 None Leave the message as is. The 5374 message will be passed on even 5375 though it is in technically 5376 illegal syntax. 5377 Add-To Add a To: header with any 5378 recipients that it can find from 5379 the envelope. This risks exposing 5380 Bcc: recipients. 5381 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 5382 has almost no redeeming social value, 5383 and is provided only for back 5384 compatibility. 5385 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 5386 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 5387 which will have the effect of 5388 making the message legal without 5389 exposing Bcc: recipients. 5390 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 5391 There is a chance that mailers down 5392 the line will delete this header, 5393 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 5394 recipients. 5395 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 5396 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 5397 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 5398 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 5399 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 5400 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 5401 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 5402 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 5403 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 5404 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 5405 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 5406 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 5407 For example, if you run with 5408 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 5409 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 5410 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 5411 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 5412 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 5413 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 5414 entries. For example, given the aliases: 5415 list: member1 5416 list: member2 5417 and an alias file declared as: 5418 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 5419 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 5420 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 5421 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5422 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 5423 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 5424 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 5425 Johannesen. 5426 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 5427 to be simpler and more consistent. 5428 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 5429 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 5430 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 5431 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5432 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 5433 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 5434 This may affect some people who have written their own 5435 checkcompat() routine. 5436 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 5437 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 5438 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 5439 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 5440 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 5441 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 5442 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 5443 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 5444 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 5445 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 5446 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 5447 Corporation. 5448 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 5449 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 5450 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 5451 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 5452 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 5453 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 5454 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 5455 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 5456 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 5457 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 5458 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 5459 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 5460 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 5461 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5462 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 5463 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 5464 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 5465 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 5466 the header. 5467 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5468 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 5469 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 5470 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 5471 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 5472 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 5473 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 5474 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 5475 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 5476 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 5477 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 5478 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 5479 is added between the first and second word of the first 5480 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 5481 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 5482 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 5483 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 5484 old sendmails understand. 5485 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 5486 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 5487 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 5488 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 5489 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 5490 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 5491 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 5492 data -- for example, 5493 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 5494 (romanized/less information) 5495 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 5496 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 5497 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 5498 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 5499 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 5500 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 5501 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 5502 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 5503 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 5504 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 5505 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 5506 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 5507 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 5508 Eric Prestemon of American University. 5509 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 5510 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 5511 increment on the background value). 5512 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 5513 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 5514 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5515 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 5516 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 5517 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 5518 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 5519 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 5520 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 5521 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 5522 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 5523 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 5524 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 5525 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 5526 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 5527 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 5528 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 5529 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 5530 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 5531 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 5532 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 5533 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 5534 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 5535 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 5536 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 5537 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 5538 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 5539 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 5540 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 5541 service type is "files". 5542 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 5543 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 5544 into class "c". 5545 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 5546 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 5547 contributed by SunSoft. 5548 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 5549 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 5550 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 5551 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 5552 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 5553 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 5554 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 5555 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 5556 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 5557 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 5558 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 5559 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 5560 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 5561 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5562 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 5563 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 5564 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 5565 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 5566 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 5567 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 5568 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5569 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 5570 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 5571 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 5572 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 5573 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5574 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 5575 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 5576 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 5577 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 5578 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 5579 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 5580 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 5581 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 5582 flags. 5583 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 5584 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 5585 Motonori Nakamura. 5586 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 5587 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 5588 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 5589 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 5590 of MIT. 5591 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 5592 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 5593 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 5594 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 5595 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 5596 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 5597 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 5598 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 5599 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 5600 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 5601 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 5602 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 5603 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 5604 the make. 5605 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 5606 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 5607 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 5608 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 5609 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 5610 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 5611 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 5612 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 5613 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 5614 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 5615 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 5616 of Sun Microsystems. 5617 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 5618 is at least 50% faster. 5619 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 5620 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 5621 University. 5622 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 5623 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5624 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 5625 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 5626 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 5627 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 5628 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 5629 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 5630 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 5631 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 5632 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 5633 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 5634 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 5635 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 5636 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 5637 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 5638 Carnegie Mellon. 5639 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 5640 support. 5641 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 5642 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 5643 Global Information Solutions. 5644 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 5645 From Motonori Nakamura. 5646 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 5647 Motonori Nakamura. 5648 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 5649 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 5650 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 5651 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 5652 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 5653 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 5654 James of British Telecom. 5655 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 5656 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 5657 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 5658 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 5659 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 5660 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 5661 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 5662 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 5663 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 5664 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 5665 a bad guy can read your private files. 5666 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5667 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 5668 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 5669 University. This expands the disk size 5670 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 5671 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 5672 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 5673 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 5674 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 5675 Linux Makefile typo. 5676 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 5677 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 5678 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 5679 University, Chico. 5680 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 5681 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 5682 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 5683 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 5684 This requires adaptation of code that really 5685 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 5686 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 5687 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 5688 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 5689 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 5690 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 5691 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 5692 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 5693 problems. 5694 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 5695 match all the other configuration files. Fix 5696 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 5697 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 5698 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 5699 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 5700 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 5701 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 5702 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 5703 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 5704 Wemm of DIALix. 5705 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 5706 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 5707 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 5708 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 5709 of Ohio State University. 5710 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 5711 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 5712 University. 5713 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 5714 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 5715 Mainz. 5716 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 5717 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 5718 wrong statfs call). 5719 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 5720 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 5721 University. 5722 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5723 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 5724 Rochester Medical Center. 5725 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 5726 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 5727 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 5728 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 5729 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 5730 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 5731 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 5732 Division. 5733 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 5734 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 5735 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 5736 Durand of I.M.A.G. 5737 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 5738 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 5739 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 5740 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 5741 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 5742 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 5743 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5744 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 5745 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 5746 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 5747 of Meteo France. 5748 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 5749 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 5750 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 5751 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 5752 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 5753 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 5754 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 5755 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 5756 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 5757 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 5758 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 5759 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 5760 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 5761 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 5762 of Colorado. 5763 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 5764 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 5765 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 5766 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 5767 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 5768 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 5769 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 5770 on the file, but it should be quite small. 5771 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 5772 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 5773 giving the local administrator more control over what 5774 programs can be run from sendmail. 5775 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 5776 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 5777 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 5778 never will. 5779 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 5780 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 5781 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 5782 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 5783 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 5784 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 5785 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 5786 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5787 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 5788 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 5789 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 5790 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 5791 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 5792 arbitrary directory -- use either: 5793 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5794 or 5795 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5796 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 5797 can use: 5798 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 5799 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 5800 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 5801 compatibility. 5802 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 5803 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 5804 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 5805 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5806 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 5807 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 5808 County. 5809 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 5810 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 5811 just unqualified ones. 5812 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 5813 was never used and didn't work anyway. 5814 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 5815 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 5816 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 5817 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 5818 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 5819 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 5820 centralized hub. 5821 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 5822 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 5823 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 5824 this is expected to be another sendmail. 5825 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 5826 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 5827 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 5828 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 5829 Rosenthal of Unicom. 5830 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 5831 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 5832 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 5833 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 5834 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 5835 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 5836 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 5837 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 5838 but it is a no-op. 5839 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 5840 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 5841 as User Unknown. 5842 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 5843 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 5844 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 5845 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5846 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 5847 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 5848 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 5849 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 5850 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 5851 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 5852 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5853 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 5854 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 5855 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5856 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 5857 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 5858 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 5859 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 5860 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 5861 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 5862 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 5863 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 5864 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 5865 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 5866 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 5867 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 5868 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 5869 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 5870 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 5871 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 5872 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 5873 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 5874 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 5875 assumed. 5876 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 5877 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 5878 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 5879 Information Systems Agency. 5880 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 5881 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 5882 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 5883 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 5884 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 5885 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 5886 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 5887 that really can be used in the real world. 5888 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 5889 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 5890 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 5891 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 5892 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 5893 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 5894 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 5895 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 5896 by Scott Hutton. 5897 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 5898 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 5899 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 5900 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 5901 people. 5902 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 5903 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 5904 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 5905 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 5906 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 5907 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 5908 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 5909 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 5910 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 5911 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 5912 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 5913 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 5914 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 5915 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 5916 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 5917 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 5918 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 5919 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 5920 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 5921 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 5922 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 5923 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 5924 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 5925 by Kimmo Suominen. 5926 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 5927 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 5928 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 5929 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 5930 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5931 NEW FILES: 5932 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 5933 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 5934 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 5935 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 5936 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 5937 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 5938 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 5939 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 5940 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 5941 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 5942 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 5943 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 5944 cf/domain/generic.m4 5945 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 5946 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 5947 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 5948 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 5949 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 5950 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 5951 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 5952 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 5953 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 5954 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 5955 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 5956 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 5957 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 5958 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 5959 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 5960 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 5961 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 5962 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 5963 contrib/bsdi.mc 5964 contrib/mailprio 5965 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 5966 mail.local/mail.local.0 5967 makemap/makemap.0 5968 smrsh/README 5969 smrsh/smrsh.0 5970 smrsh/smrsh.8 5971 smrsh/smrsh.c 5972 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 5973 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 5974 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 5975 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 5976 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 5977 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 5978 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 5979 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 5980 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 5981 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 5982 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 5983 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 5984 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 5985 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 5986 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 5987 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 5988 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 5989 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 5990 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 5991 src/aliases.0 5992 src/mailq.0 5993 src/mime.c 5994 src/newaliases.0 5995 src/sendmail.0 5996 test/t_seteuid.c 5997 RENAMED FILES: 5998 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 5999 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 6000 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 6001 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 6002 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 6003 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 6004 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 6005 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 6006 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 6007 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6008 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6009 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 6010 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 6011 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 6012 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 6013 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 6014 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 6015 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 6016 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 6017 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 6018 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 6019 OBSOLETED FILES: 6020 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 6021 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 6022 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 6023 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 6024 cf/cf/knecht.mc 6025 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 6026 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 6027 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 6028 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 6029 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 6030 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 6031 contrib/rcpt-streaming 6032 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6033 60348.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 6035 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6036 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6037 any user (except root). 6038 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6039 version number is unchanged. 6040 60418.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 6042 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 6043 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 6044 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 6045 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 6046 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 6047 each other!). 6048 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 6049 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 6050 than fork(). 6051 60528.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 6053 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 6054 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 6055 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 6056 message when attempted from IDENT. 6057 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 6058 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 6059 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 6060 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 6061 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 6062 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 6063 partial lines. 6064 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 6065 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 6066 Rob McMahon. 6067 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 6068 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 6069 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 6070 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 6071 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 6072 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 6073 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 6074 Novell Labs Europe. 6075 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 6076 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 6077 Cal State Chico. 6078 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 6079 *Hobbit*. 6080 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 6081 and Liudvikas Bukys. 6082 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 6083 from Spider Boardman. 6084 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6085 with the binaries). 6086 60878.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 6088 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 6089 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 6090 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 6091 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 6092 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 6093 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 6094 implications. 6095 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 6096 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 6097 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 6098 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 6099 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 6100 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 6101 University of Texas. 6102 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 6103 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 6104 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 6105 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 6106 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 6107 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 6108 Data General. 6109 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 6110 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 6111 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 6112 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 6113 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 6114 with a lot of arguments). 6115 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 6116 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 6117 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 6118 Michigan. 6119 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 6120 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 6121 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 6122 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 6123 Thibault. 6124 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 6125 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 6126 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 6127 some of the map code. 6128 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 6129 with the binaries). 6130 61318.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 6132 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 6133 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 6134 may have some security implications. 6135 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 6136 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 6137 Hill of the University of Iowa. 6138 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 6139 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 6140 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 6141 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 6142 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 6143 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 6144 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 6145 option. 6146 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 6147 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 6148 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 6149 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 6150 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 6151 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 6152 Rochester. 6153 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 6154 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 6155 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 6156 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 6157 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 6158 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 6159 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 6160 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 6161 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 6162 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 6163 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 6164 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 6165 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 6166 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 6167 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 6168 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 6169 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 6170 messages. 6171 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 6172 message to explain how much space was available and 6173 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 6174 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 6175 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 6176 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 6177 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 6178 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 6179 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 6180 moves things more towards what will probably become a 6181 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 6182 Kapor Enterprises. 6183 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 6184 without recompiling. 6185 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 6186 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 6187 purely cosmetic. 6188 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 6189 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 6190 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 6191 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 6192 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 6193 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 6194 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 6195 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 6196 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 6197 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 6198 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 6199 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 6200 Wolfhugel. 6201 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 6202 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 6203 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 6204 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 6205 refused" response, and that the connection can be 6206 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 6207 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 6208 size around and can never start listening to connections 6209 again. The down side is that someone could start up 6210 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 6211 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 6212 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 6213 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 6214 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 6215 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 6216 implications. 6217 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 6218 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 6219 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 6220 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 6221 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 6222 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 6223 doc directory. This includes some additional 6224 information. 6225 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 6226 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 6227 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 6228 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 6229 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 6230 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 6231 loop the mail, which was bad news. 6232 Portability fixes: 6233 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 6234 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6235 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 6236 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 6237 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6238 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 6239 Newcastle upon Tyne. 6240 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 6241 Corporation. 6242 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 6243 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 6244 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 6245 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 6246 New Files: 6247 src/Makefile.CLIX 6248 src/Makefile.NCR3000 6249 doc/changes/Makefile 6250 doc/changes/changes.me 6251 doc/changes/changes.ps 6252 62538.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 6254 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 6255 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 6256 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 6257 62588.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 6259 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 6260 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 6261 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 6262 list. 6263 62648.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 6265 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 6266 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 6267 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 6268 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 6269 valid shell. 6270 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 6271 in the connection cache for a long time under some 6272 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 6273 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 6274 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 6275 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 6276 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 6277 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 6278 from a local user to another local user. From 6279 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6280 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 6281 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 6282 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6283 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 6284 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 6285 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 6286 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 6287 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 6288 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 6289 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 6290 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 6291 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 6292 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 6293 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 6294 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 6295 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 6296 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 6297 BSD-like system. 6298 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 6299 protocol entirely. 6300 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 6301 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 6302 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 6303 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 6304 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 6305 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 6306 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 6307 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 6308 files. 6309 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 6310 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 6311 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 6312 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 6313 of CMU. 6314 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 6315 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 6316 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 6317 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 6318 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 6319 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 6320 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 6321 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 6322 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 6323 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 6324 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 6325 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 6326 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 6327 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 6328 security implications. Suggested by several people. 6329 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 6330 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 6331 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 6332 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 6333 Motonori Nakamura. 6334 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 6335 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 6336 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 6337 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 6338 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 6339 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 6340 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 6341 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 6342 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 6343 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 6344 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 6345 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 6346 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 6347 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 6348 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 6349 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 6350 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 6351 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 6352 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 6353 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 6354 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6355 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 6356 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 6357 didn't see the class items being added. 6358 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 6359 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 6360 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 6361 Rutgers. 6362 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 6363 but sets h_errno to a success value. 6364 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 6365 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 6366 address specified in the P option). This fix should 6367 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 6368 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 6369 the problem myself. 6370 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 6371 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 6372 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 6373 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 6374 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 6375 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 6376 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 6377 UUNET. 6378 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 6379 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 6380 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 6381 John Oleynick. 6382 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 6383 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 6384 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 6385 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 6386 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 6387 Nakamura. 6388 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 6389 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 6390 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 6391 University of Washington. 6392 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 6393 don't have an ``=value'' part. 6394 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 6395 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 6396 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 6397 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 6398 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 6399 of Cambridge University. 6400 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 6401 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 6402 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 6403 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 6404 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 6405 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 6406 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 6407 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 6408 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 6409 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 6410 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 6411 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 6412 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 6413 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 6414 a chance. 6415 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 6416 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 6417 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 6418 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 6419 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 6420 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 6421 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 6422 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 6423 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 6424 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 6425 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 6426 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 6427 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 6428 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 6429 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 6430 size for various mailers. 6431 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 6432 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 6433 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6434 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 6435 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 6436 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 6437 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 6438 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 6439 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 6440 system. 6441 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 6442 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 6443 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 6444 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 6445 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 6446 Michel of Thomson CSF. 6447 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 6448 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 6449 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 6450 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 6451 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 6452 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 6453 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 6454 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 6455 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 6456 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 6457 University of Sydney. 6458 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 6459 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 6460 This is because of the known bug where definition of 6461 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 6462 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 6463 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 6464 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 6465 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 6466 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 6467 Suominen. 6468 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 6469 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 6470 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 6471 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 6472 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 6473 Suominen. 6474 Portability fixes: 6475 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 6476 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6477 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 6478 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 6479 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 6480 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6481 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 6482 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 6483 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 6484 NEW FILES: 6485 src/Makefile.DomainOS 6486 src/Makefile.PTX 6487 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 6488 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 6489 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6490 src/mailq.1 6491 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 6492 doc/op/Makefile 6493 doc/intro/Makefile 6494 doc/usenix/Makefile 6495 64968.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 6497 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 6498 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 6499 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 6500 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 6501 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 6502 permissions they should not have had (usually group 6503 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 6504 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 6505 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 6506 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 6507 Although this does not respond to a specific known 6508 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 6509 Christian Wettergren. 6510 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 6511 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 6512 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 6513 program by putting that in their .forward file. 6514 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 6515 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 6516 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 6517 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 6518 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 6519 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 6520 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 6521 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 6522 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 6523 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 6524 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 6525 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 6526 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 6527 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 6528 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 6529 connection to create problems on the current job. 6530 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 6531 the wrong place. 6532 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 6533 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 6534 problem that ignored the load average in locally 6535 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 6536 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 6537 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 6538 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 6539 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 6540 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 6541 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 6542 when sending error messages. This resulted in 6543 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 6544 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 6545 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 6546 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 6547 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 6548 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6549 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 6550 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 6551 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 6552 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 6553 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 6554 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 6555 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 6556 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 6557 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 6558 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 6559 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 6560 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 6561 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 6562 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 6563 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 6564 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 6565 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 6566 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 6567 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 6568 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 6569 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 6570 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 6571 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 6572 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 6573 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 6574 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 6575 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 6576 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 6577 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 6578 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 6579 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 6580 dot convention. 6581 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 6582 of from a clean exit. 6583 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 6584 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 6585 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 6586 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 6587 as the subject of an error message, even though the 6588 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 6589 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 6590 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 6591 Jones of UUNET. 6592 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 6593 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 6594 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 6595 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 6596 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 6597 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 6598 says that they should be ignored. 6599 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 6600 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 6601 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 6602 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 6603 is not reentrant. 6604 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 6605 documented in the Bat Book. 6606 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 6607 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 6608 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 6609 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 6610 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 6611 code during some parts of connection initialization. 6612 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 6613 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 6614 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 6615 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 6616 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6617 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 6618 of Kyoto University. 6619 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 6620 From P{r Emanuelsson. 6621 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 6622 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 6623 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 6624 Bryan Costales. 6625 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 6626 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 6627 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 6628 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 6629 Nakamura. 6630 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 6631 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 6632 illegal addresses appearing there). 6633 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 6634 BB&N. 6635 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 6636 included. 6637 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 6638 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 6639 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 6640 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 6641 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 6642 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 6643 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 6644 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 6645 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 6646 by the other end closing the connection. From 6647 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 6648 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 6649 to include a host name or other useful information. 6650 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 6651 DeMarco. 6652 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 6653 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 6654 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 6655 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 6656 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 6657 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 6658 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 6659 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 6660 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 6661 this properly). 6662 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 6663 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 6664 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 6665 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 6666 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 6667 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 6668 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 6669 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 6670 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 6671 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 6672 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 6673 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 6674 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 6675 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 6676 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 6677 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 6678 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 6679 of the Institute for Global Communications. 6680 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 6681 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 6682 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 6683 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 6684 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 6685 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 6686 Portability fixes for: 6687 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 6688 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 6689 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 6690 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 6691 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 6692 of Stoner Associates. 6693 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 6694 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 6695 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 6696 of Maryland. 6697 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 6698 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6699 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 6700 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 6701 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 6702 RISC/os. 6703 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 6704 at Chico. 6705 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 6706 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 6707 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 6708 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 6709 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 6710 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 6711 since this is intended only for internal use, the 6712 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 6713 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 6714 addresses when relaying internally. 6715 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 6716 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 6717 provided by Peter Wemm. 6718 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 6719 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 6720 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 6721 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 6722 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 6723 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 6724 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 6725 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 6726 names. 6727 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 6728 rather than letting them get "local configuration 6729 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 6730 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 6731 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 6732 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 6733 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 6734 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 6735 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 6736 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 6737 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 6738 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 6739 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 6740 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 6741 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 6742 of Georgia Tech. 6743 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 6744 Jim Murray of Stratus. 6745 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 6746 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 6747 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 6748 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 6749 the local name prepended. 6750 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 6751 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 6752 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 6753 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 6754 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 6755 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 6756 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 6757 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 6758 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 6759 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 6760 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 6761 :include: files and accounts that have shells 6762 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 6763 cause some .forward files that have worked 6764 before to start failing. 6765 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 6766 NEW FILES: 6767 src/Makefile.DGUX 6768 src/Makefile.Dynix 6769 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 6770 src/Makefile.Mach386 6771 src/Makefile.NetBSD 6772 src/Makefile.RISCos 6773 src/Makefile.SCO 6774 src/Makefile.SVR4 6775 src/Makefile.Titan 6776 cf/mailer/pop.m4 6777 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 6778 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 6779 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 6780 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 6781 makemap/Makefile.dist 6782 praliases/Makefile.dist 6783 67848.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 6785 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 6786 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 6787 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 6788 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 6789 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 6790 class of attack. 6791 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 6792 in a few critical places. 6793 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 6794 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 6795 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 6796 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 6797 and High-Energy Physics. 6798 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 6799 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 6800 Eric Wassenaar. 6801 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 6802 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 6803 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 6804 Wassenaar. 6805 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 6806 really become relevant in the next release, but some 6807 people need it for local patches. From Michael 6808 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6809 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 6810 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 6811 these can have different values depending on which 6812 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 6813 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 6814 what uid/gid processes ran as. 6815 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 6816 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 6817 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 6818 postmaster" case. 6819 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 6820 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 6821 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 6822 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 6823 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 6824 Christopher Davis. 6825 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 6826 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 6827 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 6828 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6829 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 6830 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 6831 68328.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 6833 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 6834 addresses that get return-receipts. 6835 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 6836 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 6837 and end up sending the message several times. 6838 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 6839 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 6840 four hours". 6841 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 6842 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 6843 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 6844 Cornell University Medical College. 6845 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 6846 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 6847 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 6848 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 6849 Wassenaar. 6850 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 6851 connections fail during message collection. From 6852 Eric Wassenaar. 6853 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 6854 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 6855 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 6856 Stratus. 6857 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 6858 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 6859 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6860 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 6861 by non-root users were not put into 6862 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 6863 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 6864 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 6865 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 6866 could get confused as to whether a database was 6867 open or not. 6868 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 6869 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 6870 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 6871 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 6872 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 6873 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 6874 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 6875 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 6876 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 6877 68788.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 6879 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 6880 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 6881 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 6882 propagated to the queue file. 6883 68848.6/8.6 1993/10/05 6885 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 6886 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 6887 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 6888 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 6889 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 6890 header files but don't have the syscall. 6891 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 6892 if trymx == FALSE. 6893 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 6894 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 6895 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 6896 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6897 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 6898 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6899 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 6900 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 6901 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 6902 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 6903 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 6904 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 6905 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 6906 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 6907 Kanbe. 6908 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 6909 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 6910 Wisner of The Well. 6911 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 6912 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 6913 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 6914 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 6915 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 6916 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 6917 files that you should be able to read but have previously 6918 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 6919 read permission. 6920 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 6921 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 6922 MX suppression will still work. 6923 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 6924 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 6925 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 6926 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6927 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 6928 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 6929 Nakamura. 6930 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 6931 "CX $Z" works. 6932 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 6933 trying to send the original message if the connection 6934 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 6935 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 6936 by John Myers of CMU. 6937 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 6938 term bug. 6939 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 6940 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 6941 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 6942 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 6943 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 6944 queue interval. This is an important fix. 6945 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 6946 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 6947 ruleset testing a bit easier. 6948 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 6949 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 6950 level. 6951 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 6952 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 6953 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 6954 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 6955 address. 6956 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 6957 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 6958 Harvey Mudd College. 6959 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 6960 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 6961 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 6962 their full name information. 6963 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 6964 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 6965 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 6966 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 6967 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 6968 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 6969 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 6970 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 6971 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6972 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 6973 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 6974 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 6975 PC TCP/IP implementations. 6976 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 6977 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 6978 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 6979 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 6980 names. 6981 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 6982 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 6983 helpful. 6984 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 6985 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 6986 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 6987 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6988 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 6989 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 6990 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 6991 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 6992 that claims to be itself works properly. 6993 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 6994 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 6995 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 6996 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 6997 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 6998 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 6999 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 7000 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 7001 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 7002 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 7003 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 7004 scratch. 7005 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 7006 true address to still send to the original address 7007 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 7008 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 7009 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 7010 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 7011 more trouble than it was worth. 7012 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 7013 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 7014 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 7015 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 7016 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 7017 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 7018 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 7019 the queue. 7020 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 7021 messages don't come out with stale information. 7022 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 7023 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 7024 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 7025 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 7026 Myers of CMU. 7027 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 7028 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 7029 Corrigan. 7030 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 7031 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 7032 sender address. 7033 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 7034 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 7035 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 7036 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 7037 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 7038 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 7039 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 7040 that does bulk data transfer). 7041 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 7042 Amir Plivatsky. 7043 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 7044 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 7045 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 7046 bogus config files that were not caught. 7047 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 7048 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 7049 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 7050 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 7051 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 7052 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 7053 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 7054 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 7055 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 7056 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 7057 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 7058 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 7059 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 7060 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 7061 opened or if running with no database format defined. 7062 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 7063 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 7064 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 7065 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 7066 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 7067 Melbourne. 7068 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 7069 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 7070 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 7071 to match regular entries. 7072 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 7073 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 7074 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 7075 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 7076 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 7077 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 7078 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7079 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 7080 error message so that the "subject" line of return 7081 messages is the best possible. 7082 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 7083 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 7084 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 7085 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 7086 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 7087 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 7088 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 7089 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 7090 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 7091 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 7092 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 7093 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 7094 on the address. 7095 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 7096 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 7097 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 7098 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 7099 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7100 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 7101 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 7102 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 7103 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 7104 addresses in any detail. 7105 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 7106 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 7107 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 7108 with an address such as "!foo". 7109 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 7110 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 7111 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 7112 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 7113 Bret Marquis. 7114 71158.5/8.5 1993/07/23 7116 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 7117 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 7118 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 7119 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 7120 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 7121 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 7122 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 7123 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 7124 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 7125 Nakamura. 7126 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 7127 are no DNS records matching the name. 7128 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 7129 original message was received ... from localhost". 7130 The correct original host information is now included. 7131 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 7132 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 7133 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 7134 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 7135 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 7136 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 7137 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 7138 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 7139 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 7140 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 7141 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 7142 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 7143 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 7144 71458.4/8.4 1993/07/22 7146 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 7147 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 7148 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 7149 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 7150 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 7151 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 7152 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 7153 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 7154 are really configuration errors. This option is 7155 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 7156 UIUC sendmail. 7157 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 7158 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 7159 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 7160 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 7161 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 7162 by Neil Rickert. 7163 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 7164 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 7165 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 7166 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 7167 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 7168 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 7169 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 7170 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 7171 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 7172 of dickering with error handling (see below). 7173 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 7174 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 7175 humans. 7176 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 7177 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 7178 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 7179 repaired). 7180 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 7181 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 7182 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 7183 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 7184 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 7185 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 7186 connection rather than sending QUIT. 7187 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 7188 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 7189 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 7190 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 7191 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7192 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 7193 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 7194 core dumps on some machines. 7195 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 7196 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 7197 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 7198 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 7199 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 7200 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 7201 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 7202 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 7203 some true error conditions. 7204 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 7205 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 7206 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 7207 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 7208 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 7209 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 7210 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 7211 by Motonori Nakamura. 7212 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 7213 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 7214 caused error messages to be handled differently during 7215 a queue run than a direct run. 7216 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 7217 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 7218 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 7219 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 7220 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 7221 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 7222 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 7223 restart it. 7224 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 7225 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 7226 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 7227 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 7228 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 7229 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 7230 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 7231 is appropriately functional. 7232 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 7233 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 7234 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 7235 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 7236 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 7237 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 7238 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 7239 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 7240 Technologies. 7241 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 7242 process group id. The original fix was to get around 7243 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 7244 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 7245 different from the process id. I could try to fix 7246 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 7247 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 7248 things. 7249 Portability changes: 7250 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 7251 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 7252 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 7253 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 7254 of Colorado. 7255 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 7256 help other strict ANSI compilers. 7257 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 7258 Corporation. 7259 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 7260 documentation apparently doesn't define 7261 __STDC__ by default). 7262 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7263 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 7264 Motonori Nakamura. 7265 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 7266 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 7267 several people have made a good argument that this 7268 creates more problems than it solves (although this 7269 may prove painful in the short run). 7270 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 7271 format. 7272 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 7273 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 7274 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 7275 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 7276 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 7277 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 7278 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 7279 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 7280 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 7281 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 7282 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 7283 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7284 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 7285 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 7286 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 7287 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7288 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 7289 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 7290 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 7291 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 7292 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 7293 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 7294 environments. Ugly as sin. 7295 72968.3/8.3 1993/07/13 7297 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 7298 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 7299 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 7300 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 7301 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 7302 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 7303 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 7304 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 7305 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 7306 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 7307 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 7308 "user friendly". 7309 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 7310 16 bytes/sec. 7311 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 7312 compatibility library. This also adds a new 7313 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 7314 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 7315 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 7316 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 7317 for quick test cases. 7318 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 7319 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 7320 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 7321 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 7322 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 7323 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 7324 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 7325 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 7326 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 7327 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 7328 From Michael Corrigan. 7329 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 7330 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 7331 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 7332 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 7333 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 7334 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 7335 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 7336 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 7337 Christophe Wolfhugel. 7338 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 7339 73408.2/8.2 1993/07/11 7341 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 7342 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 7343 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 7344 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 7345 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 7346 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 7347 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 7348 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 7349 from Bill Wisner. 7350 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 7351 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 7352 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 7353 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 7354 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 7355 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 7356 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 7357 match the other flags in that file. 7358 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 7359 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 7360 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 7361 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 7362 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 7363 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 7364 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 7365 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 7366 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 7367 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 7368 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 7369 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 7370 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 7371 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7372 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 7373 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 7374 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 7375 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 7376 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 7377 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 7378 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 7379 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 7380 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 7381 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 7382 the root and directories leading up to your home); 7383 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 7384 be owned by you. 7385 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 7386 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 7387 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 7388 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 7389 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 7390 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 7391 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 7392 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 7393 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 7394 is separate; this is just intended to work around 7395 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 7396 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 7397 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 7398 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 7399 matching without a null it never tries again with a 7400 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 7401 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 7402 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 7403 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 7404 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 7405 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 7406 it adapts. 7407 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 7408 will insert the appropriate full name information; 7409 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 7410 way. 7411 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 7412 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 7413 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 7414 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 7415 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 7416 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 7417 only happen when there has been another error in the 7418 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 7419 by default in conf.h. 7420 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 7421 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 7422 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 7423 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 7424 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 7425 This output is not intended to be particularly human 7426 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 7427 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 7428 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 7429 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 7430 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 7431 See cf/README for an example. 7432 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 7433 sites that don't use the -d flag. 7434 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 7435 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 7436 has been requested by several people, but can break 7437 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 7438 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 7439 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 7440 broken. Use it sparingly. 7441 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 7442 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 7443 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 7444 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 7445 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 7446 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 7447 Bill Wisner of The Well. 7448 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 7449 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 7450 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 7451 74528.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 7453 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 7454 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 7455 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 7456 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 7457 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 7458 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 7459 74608.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 7461 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 7462 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 7463 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 7464 74658.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 7466 Another mailertable fix.... 7467 74688.1/8.1 1993/06/07 7469 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 7470